[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022014526A1 - Connecting device - Google Patents

Connecting device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022014526A1
WO2022014526A1 PCT/JP2021/026103 JP2021026103W WO2022014526A1 WO 2022014526 A1 WO2022014526 A1 WO 2022014526A1 JP 2021026103 W JP2021026103 W JP 2021026103W WO 2022014526 A1 WO2022014526 A1 WO 2022014526A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
elastic member
electric wire
state
operation unit
restoring force
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2021/026103
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
敦 松本
康夫 大西
和彦 寺口
秀雄 新内
正和 飯田
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Idec Corp
Original Assignee
Idec Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Idec Corp filed Critical Idec Corp
Priority to CN202180044929.2A priority Critical patent/CN115715446A/en
Priority to EP21842739.1A priority patent/EP4184721A4/en
Priority to JP2022536342A priority patent/JP7763172B2/en
Publication of WO2022014526A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022014526A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R9/00Structural associations of a plurality of mutually-insulated electrical connecting elements, e.g. terminal strips or terminal blocks; Terminals or binding posts mounted upon a base or in a case; Bases therefor
    • H01R9/22Bases, e.g. strip, block, panel
    • H01R9/24Terminal blocks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R4/00Electrically-conductive connections between two or more conductive members in direct contact, i.e. touching one another; Means for effecting or maintaining such contact; Electrically-conductive connections having two or more spaced connecting locations for conductors and using contact members penetrating insulation
    • H01R4/28Clamped connections, spring connections
    • H01R4/48Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member
    • H01R4/4809Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member using a leaf spring to bias the conductor toward the busbar
    • H01R4/4811Spring details
    • H01R4/4816Spring details the spring shape preventing insertion of the conductor end when the spring is unbiased
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R4/00Electrically-conductive connections between two or more conductive members in direct contact, i.e. touching one another; Means for effecting or maintaining such contact; Electrically-conductive connections having two or more spaced connecting locations for conductors and using contact members penetrating insulation
    • H01R4/28Clamped connections, spring connections
    • H01R4/48Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member
    • H01R4/4809Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member using a leaf spring to bias the conductor toward the busbar
    • H01R4/4828Spring-activating arrangements mounted on or integrally formed with the spring housing
    • H01R4/483Pivoting arrangements, e.g. lever pushing on the spring
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R4/00Electrically-conductive connections between two or more conductive members in direct contact, i.e. touching one another; Means for effecting or maintaining such contact; Electrically-conductive connections having two or more spaced connecting locations for conductors and using contact members penetrating insulation
    • H01R4/28Clamped connections, spring connections
    • H01R4/48Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member
    • H01R4/4809Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member using a leaf spring to bias the conductor toward the busbar
    • H01R4/4828Spring-activating arrangements mounted on or integrally formed with the spring housing
    • H01R4/4835Mechanically bistable arrangements, e.g. locked by the housing when the spring is biased
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R4/00Electrically-conductive connections between two or more conductive members in direct contact, i.e. touching one another; Means for effecting or maintaining such contact; Electrically-conductive connections having two or more spaced connecting locations for conductors and using contact members penetrating insulation
    • H01R4/28Clamped connections, spring connections
    • H01R4/48Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member
    • H01R4/4809Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member using a leaf spring to bias the conductor toward the busbar
    • H01R4/48185Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member using a leaf spring to bias the conductor toward the busbar adapted for axial insertion of a wire end
    • H01R4/4819Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member using a leaf spring to bias the conductor toward the busbar adapted for axial insertion of a wire end the spring shape allowing insertion of the conductor end when the spring is unbiased
    • H01R4/4821Single-blade spring
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01RELECTRICALLY-CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS; STRUCTURAL ASSOCIATIONS OF A PLURALITY OF MUTUALLY-INSULATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTING ELEMENTS; COUPLING DEVICES; CURRENT COLLECTORS
    • H01R4/00Electrically-conductive connections between two or more conductive members in direct contact, i.e. touching one another; Means for effecting or maintaining such contact; Electrically-conductive connections having two or more spaced connecting locations for conductors and using contact members penetrating insulation
    • H01R4/28Clamped connections, spring connections
    • H01R4/48Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member
    • H01R4/4809Clamped connections, spring connections utilising a spring, clip, or other resilient member using a leaf spring to bias the conductor toward the busbar
    • H01R4/4846Busbar details
    • H01R4/485Single busbar common to multiple springs

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a connecting device to which an electric wire is connected.
  • connection devices Conventionally, so-called push-in type connecting devices have been used as connecting devices to which electric wires are connected in control panels and the like.
  • an electric wire is inserted into the insertion hole of the case, and the electric wire is pressed against the conduction terminal by a leaf spring provided in the case to be electrically connected.
  • a rod-shaped operation button that can move forward and backward is provided for the housing.
  • the leaf spring in the housing is elastically deformed and separated from the conduction metal fitting.
  • the tip of the rod-shaped operation button engages with the leaf spring to maintain the shape of the leaf spring.
  • the leaf spring is maintained in an open state separated from the conduction fitting.
  • the leaf spring is elastically restored by pulling out the rod-shaped operation button from the housing, and the electric wire is sandwiched between the conductive metal fittings.
  • connection device of Japanese Patent No. 6675004 (Reference 2)
  • the operation portion is pushed into the inside of the case to bend the leaf spring in contact with the operation portion to a non-wired state, and the operation portion is bent in this state to the case.
  • the state of the leaf spring is maintained in the non-connected state.
  • the state release portion is pushed and rotated by the electric wire inserted in the case, so that the state release portion pushes the operation portion from the step portion of the case.
  • the locking of the operation unit to the case is released, the leaf spring is restored, and the electric wire is sandwiched between the terminal unit and the terminal portion. This facilitates the wire connection work.
  • the present invention is directed to a connecting device to which an electric wire is connected, and an object thereof is to simplify the structure of the connecting device.
  • the connecting device is a case, a conductive terminal portion fixed to the case, and an elastic member attached to the case and pressing an electric wire against the terminal portion by a restoring force to hold the electric wire.
  • an operation unit that applies a force to the elastic member to bend it from the initial state to the non-connected state and maintain it in the non-connected state.
  • the operation unit includes a first portion on which the restoring force of the elastic member acts, and a second portion on which a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated.
  • the restoring force vector is used as the restoring force vector, and the straight line connecting the first portion and the second portion is used as a reference line.
  • the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion is maintained and the elastic member of the elastic member.
  • the state is maintained in the non-connected state.
  • the position of the operation portion is changed and the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, whereby the restoring force is applied.
  • the elastic member is restored from the non-connected state, and shifts to a connected state in which the electric wire is sandwiched between the terminal portion and the terminal portion.
  • the structure of the connected device can be simplified.
  • the position of the operating portion is maintained even when the elastic member is further flexed in the non-wired state.
  • the operation unit includes a cam unit that rotates about a rotation axis.
  • the cam portion contacts the elastic member at the first portion and contacts the rotating shaft at the bearing which is the second portion.
  • the rotation of the cam portion increases the distance between the first portion and the rotation axis, the elastic member bends, and the restoring force vector is generated.
  • the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation portion, so that the position of the operation portion is changed and the restoring force vector is obtained. It deviates from the reference line.
  • the inserted electric wire comes into direct contact with the operation portion to change the position of the operation portion.
  • the operation unit includes an electric wire receiving unit that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire.
  • the electric wire receiving portion includes a receiving surface extending from the tip of the electric wire to the periphery.
  • the inserted electric wire directly contacts the elastic member to deform the elastic member, thereby applying a force to the operation portion via the elastic member. Then, the position of the operation unit is changed.
  • the elastic member includes an electric wire receiving portion that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire, and a releasing portion that extends from the electric wire receiving portion toward the operating portion.
  • the electric wire receiving portion includes a receiving surface extending from the tip of the electric wire to the periphery. When the receiving surface is pushed by the electric wire toward the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire, the elastic member is deformed, and the release portion comes into contact with the operation portion to apply a force to rotate the cam portion. ..
  • the case includes a guide surface that extends linearly.
  • the elastic member extends along the guide surface.
  • the operating portion is located between the elastic member and the guide surface, and is linearly in a predetermined advancing / retreating direction while being in contact with the elastic member and the guide surface at the first portion and the second portion, respectively. It has an advancing / retreating part to move.
  • the distance between the elastic member and the guide surface decreases from one side in the advancing / retreating direction toward the other side.
  • the elastic member bends by moving the advancing / retreating portion from the one side in the advancing / retreating direction to the other side, and at a position where the elastic member comes into contact with the first portion.
  • the elastic member When the elastic member is substantially parallel to the guide surface and the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line, the position of the operation unit in the advancing / retreating direction is maintained and the elastic member is in the non-connected state. Will be maintained.
  • the operation unit moves from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to the one side, so that the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, and the restoring force causes the elastic member to move. The transition from the non-connected state to the connected state.
  • a force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation portion, so that the operation portion moves from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to the one side.
  • the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line.
  • the operation portion includes a substantially disk-shaped or substantially columnar rotating portion having a notch in a part in the circumferential direction and a protrusion in another part in the circumferential direction.
  • the case is provided with a concave operating portion mounting portion whose inner surface is a part of a substantially cylindrical surface.
  • the rotating portion is mounted on the operation portion mounting portion, and is in contact with the elastic member at the first portion which is a part of the notch portion, and at the second portion which is the protrusion portion. It comes into contact with the inner surface of the operation portion mounting portion.
  • the elastic member bends due to the rotation of the rotating portion in the first rotation direction, and the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line, whereby the rotating portion The rotational position of the elastic member is maintained, and the state of the elastic member is maintained in the non-connected state.
  • the rotating portion is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire, so that the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, and the restoring force causes the rotating portion to move to the second position. It rotates in the second rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of 1, and the elastic member shifts from the non-connection state to the connection state.
  • the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation portion, so that the rotating portion moves to the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire.
  • the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line.
  • the elastic member includes an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire in the connected state. At least when the elastic member shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state, the moving path of the electric wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion.
  • a part of the operation unit protrudes from the case.
  • a part of the operating portion protrudes from the case, and when the elastic member is in the connected state, the part of the operating portion is in the case. Located inside.
  • a visible identification unit is provided to indicate the state of the elastic member.
  • the elastic member is a leaf spring.
  • connection device which concerns on 1st Embodiment. It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. It is a perspective view of the connected device. It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. It is a figure which shows the relationship between the moving distance of an operation part, and a rotational moment. It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. It is a perspective view of the connected device. It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. It is a perspective view of the connected device. It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part.
  • FIG. 5 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the vicinity of the operation unit of the connected device according to the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a connecting device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a vertical sectional view of the connected device 1.
  • the connection device 1 is a push-in type connection device to which an electric wire is connected. 1 and 2 show a state in which the electric wire is not inserted into the connecting device 1.
  • the connection device 1 is used, for example, as a terminal block such as a control panel.
  • FIG. 2 shows a cross section of the connected device 1 on the front side of the center in the thickness direction.
  • the vertical direction, the horizontal direction, and the thickness direction do not necessarily have to coincide with the mounting direction when the connecting device 1 is used. Further, the vertical direction does not necessarily have to coincide with the direction of gravity. The same applies to the other embodiments.
  • the connection device 1 includes a case 2, a terminal portion 3, an elastic member 4, and an operation portion 5.
  • the case 2 houses the terminal portion 3, the elastic member 4, and the operation portion 5 inside.
  • the case 2 is made of resin, for example.
  • the case 2 is provided with two insertion holes 21 into which electric wires can be inserted.
  • two terminal portions 3, two elastic members 4, and two operation portions 5 are arranged inside the case 2, two terminal portions 3, two elastic members 4, and two operation portions 5 are arranged.
  • the connecting device 1 includes two sets of terminal portions 3, an elastic member 4, and an operating portion 5.
  • the connecting device 1 may include one set or three or more sets of terminal portions 3, an elastic member 4, and an operation portion 5.
  • Each set of the terminal portion 3, the elastic member 4, and the operation portion 5 is arranged corresponding to the insertion hole 21.
  • the two sets of the terminal portion 3, the elastic member 4, and the operation portion 5 have the same shape, size, and the like, and are arranged in opposite directions. Focusing on the insertion hole 21 on the right side in FIG. 2, the terminal portion 3 is located above the insertion hole 21 and extends in the left-right direction.
  • the elastic member 4 is located below the terminal portion 3.
  • the operation unit 5 is located above the elastic member 4.
  • the operation unit 5 is arranged on the back side in FIG. 2 with respect to the terminal unit 3.
  • the elastic member 4 partially overlaps with the terminal portion 3 and the operation portion 5 in the vertical direction.
  • the terminal portion 3 is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2.
  • the terminal portion 3 is made of metal, for example.
  • the right terminal portion 3 and the left terminal portion 3 in FIG. 2 are electrically connected to each other via a conductive terminal connection portion 32 extending in the left-right direction below the two terminal portions 3.
  • the two terminal portions 3 and the terminal connection portion 32 are, for example, one connected member.
  • the elastic member 4 is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2.
  • the elastic member 4 is a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring.
  • the elastic member 4 is made of metal, for example.
  • the elastic member 4 may be formed of a conductive material or an insulating material such as a resin.
  • the elastic member 4 has, for example, a shape that is bent into a substantially L-shape, a substantially V-shape, or a substantially U-shape at the central portion in the longitudinal direction.
  • the bent portion of the elastic member 4 is referred to as a "bent portion 41".
  • the portion located on the lower side is called the "fixed portion 42"
  • the portion located above the fixed portion 42 is the "movable portion”. It is called "43".
  • the case 2 is provided with a substantially columnar elastic member support portion 22 extending in the thickness direction, and the circumference of the elastic member support portion 22 is partially surrounded by other portions of the case 2 in the circumferential direction. , Grooves are formed. A bent portion 41 of the elastic member 4 is inserted into the groove portion, whereby the elastic member 4 is attached to the case 2.
  • the fixed portion 42 of the elastic member 4 extends substantially parallel to the left and right from the bent portion 41 on the lower side of the elastic member support portion 22.
  • the terminal connection portion 32 extending in the left-right direction is in contact with the lower side of the fixed portion 42, and the movement of the fixed portion 42 to the lower side is restricted. Therefore, the fixing portion 42 is substantially fixed to the case 2.
  • the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 extends diagonally upward to the left from the bent portion 41 on the upper side of the elastic member support portion 22.
  • the movable portion 43 once extends diagonally downward to the left as it moves away from the upper end portion of the elastic member support portion 22 to the left, and bends upward in the vicinity of the left end portion of the elastic member support portion 22. , Extends diagonally upward to the left.
  • the tip end portion (that is, the left end portion in FIG. 2) of the movable portion 43 is in contact with the substantially central portion of the terminal portion 3 in the left-right direction from below. Further, the movable portion 43 is in contact with the operating portion 5 from below.
  • the movable portion 43 is elastically deformed with the upper end portion of the elastic member support portion 22 as a fulcrum and flexes downward by being pushed downward by the operating portion 5, and is separated downward from the terminal portion 3. .. Further, when the downward pressing force on the movable portion 43 disappears, the movable portion 43 returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.
  • the tip portion of the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 is in contact with the terminal portion 3 from below.
  • the insertion path of the electric wire described later is closed by the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4.
  • the state shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is a state before the electric wire is inserted into the insertion hole 21, that is, a state before the connecting device 1 is used, and in the following description, the state is referred to as an “initial state”. Also called.
  • the elastic member 4 in the initial state (that is, the insertion hole closed state) is slightly bent in the direction in which the fixed portion 42 and the movable portion 43 approach each other. This makes it possible to prevent the elastic member 4 from falling off from the case 2. Further, when the electric wire is pinched by the elastic member 4 and the terminal portion 3, even if the electric wire is relatively thin, a sufficient pinching force (that is, a grip force) can be exerted.
  • the operation unit 5 includes a cam unit 51, a drive unit 52, and an electric wire receiving unit 53.
  • the cam portion 51 is a substantially rectangular parallelepiped portion arranged inside the case 2 (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2).
  • the cam portion 51 is in contact with the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 from above.
  • the cam portion 51 is provided with a through hole extending in the thickness direction, and the bearing 54 is provided in the through hole.
  • the bearing 54 is fitted to a substantially cylindrical rotating shaft 24 provided in the case 2 extending in the thickness direction.
  • the cam portion 51 is rotatably supported by the case 2 in a plane substantially perpendicular to the thickness direction about the rotation shaft 24.
  • the cam portion 51 and the rotating shaft 24 overlap the terminal portion 3 in the thickness direction and are located on the inner side of the terminal portion 3 in FIG.
  • the drive unit 52 is a substantially cylindrical or substantially rod-shaped member that extends diagonally upward from the cam unit 51 in a substantially linear shape.
  • the drive unit 52 is a substantially rectangular tubular member having a hole 521 having a rectangular cross section that opens at the upper end.
  • the tip of a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver can be inserted into the hole 521.
  • the upper end of the drive unit 52 projects diagonally upward from the outer edge (that is, the outer contour) of the case 2.
  • the electric wire receiving portion 53 is a substantially plate-shaped or substantially rod-shaped member extending from the substantially central portion in the longitudinal direction of the drive portion 52 to the inside in the left-right direction (that is, the side closer to the central portion in the left-right direction of the case 2).
  • the electric wire receiving portion 53 is bent so as to approach the cam portion 51 in the longitudinal direction of the drive portion 52 as the distance from the connection portion with the drive portion 52 increases.
  • the electric wire receiving portion 53 extends from the connection portion with the drive portion 52 toward the cam portion 51 rather than the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the drive portion 52.
  • FIG. 3 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5 located on the right side in FIG. 2.
  • the shape of the cam portion 51 of the operation portion 5 in the front view (that is, the shape seen from the front side of FIG. 3 in the thickness direction) includes two sets of long sides 511 and short sides 512. It is almost rectangular.
  • the long side 511 goes upward as it goes inward in the left-right direction.
  • the short side 512 goes downward as it goes inward in the left-right direction.
  • the bearing 54 is located in the vicinity of a corner portion (that is, the lower right corner portion in FIG. 3) formed by the lower long side 511 and the outer short side 512 in the left-right direction.
  • a corner portion that is, the lower right corner portion in FIG. 3
  • the distance between the center of the rotating shaft 24 and the outer edge of the cam portion 51 is minimized in the direction perpendicular to the long side 511 on the lower side of the cam portion 51 through the center of the rotating shaft 24. Further, the distance between the center of the rotating shaft 24 and the outer edge of the cam portion 51 increases from the direction in which the distance is minimized toward the clockwise direction about the rotating shaft 24.
  • the surface (that is, the lower surface) corresponding to the long side 511 on the lower side of the cam portion 51 is in surface contact with the upper surface of the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4.
  • the operation unit 5 can rotate counterclockwise in FIG. 3 around the rotation shaft 24 from the initial state.
  • the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acts on the portion of the cam portion 51 that comes into contact with the elastic member 4.
  • first portion 513 the portion of the operating portion 513
  • a portion of the operation unit 5 in which a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated that is, the bearing 54
  • second portion 514 a portion of the operation unit 5 in which a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated
  • the operation unit 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 3 about the rotation shaft 24.
  • an operator inserts the tip of a tool such as a normal flat-blade screwdriver into the hole 521 of the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 and moves the tool to the left.
  • the operator picks the tip of the drive unit 52 with his fingers and moves it to the left.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a state in which the operation unit 5 is rotated counterclockwise by about 30 ° from the initial state (see FIG. 3).
  • the state shown in FIG. 4 is a state in which the operation unit 5 is in the process of rotation, and is not a connected state or a non-connected state described later.
  • the portion of the cam portion 51 in the vicinity of the corner portion located diagonally lower to the left of the rotating shaft 24 is the first portion 513 that comes into contact with the elastic member 4.
  • the first portion 513 moves on the cam portion 51 as the cam portion 51 rotates.
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 by rotating the operation unit 5 counterclockwise, the shortest distance between the center of the rotation shaft 24 and the first portion 513 is increased.
  • the shortest distance between the center of the rotating shaft 24 and the first portion 513 is simply referred to as the distance between the rotating shaft 24 and the first portion 513.
  • the elastic member 4 bends and deforms. Specifically, the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 is pushed downward and separated from the terminal portion 3 downward.
  • the vector of the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acting on the first portion 513 of the operation unit 5 (hereinafter, also referred to as “restoring force vector”) is shown by a thick line arrow with a reference numeral 81.
  • the starting point position of the restoring force vector 81 is the first portion 513 of the operation unit 5.
  • the reference line 82 which is a virtual straight line connecting the first part 513 and the second part 514, is shown by a two-dot chain line.
  • the second portion 514 is the bearing 54 of the operation unit 5 as described above, and more specifically, it is an intersection of the bearing 54 with a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513 and the center of the rotating shaft 24. ..
  • the second portion 514 also moves on the bearing 54 with the rotation of the cam portion 51, similarly to the first portion 513.
  • the reference line 82 is shown as a straight line connecting the first portion 513 and the center of the rotation axis 24. The same applies to the drawings described later.
  • FIGS. 5 to 7 are perspective views and vertical sectional views of the connected device 1 in the non-connected state, respectively.
  • FIG. 7 is an enlarged view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5 on the right side of FIG.
  • the upper end of the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 comes into contact with the case 2.
  • the movement of the operation unit 5 is restricted so that the operation unit 5 does not rotate counterclockwise any more.
  • the wire receiving portion 53 of the operating portion 5 extends downward from the vicinity of the inner end portion in the left-right direction of the terminal portion 3.
  • the lower end of the electric wire receiving portion 53 is located on the insertion path of the electric wire described later.
  • the portion of the cam portion 51 in the vicinity of the corner portion located below the rotating shaft 24 is the first portion 513 that comes into contact with the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4.
  • the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 extends in the substantially tangential direction of the cam portion 51 in the first portion 513.
  • the restoring force vector 81 substantially overlaps with the reference line 82, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4 and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operation unit 5 are balanced. Therefore, neither the clockwise rotation moment nor the counterclockwise rotation moment acts on the cam portion 51. Therefore, even if the operator releases his / her hand from the operation unit 5 (that is, even when the operator does not apply force to the operation unit 5), the position in the circumferential direction of the operation unit 5 (that is, the rotation position). Is maintained in the state shown in FIG. Further, the state of the elastic member 4 is also maintained (that is, temporarily fixed) in a non-wired state.
  • the operation unit 5 includes only one first portion 513 on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acts and a second portion 514 on which a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram conceptually showing the relationship between the moving distance of the operating unit 5 from the initial state and the rotational moment acting on the operating unit 5 due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4.
  • the horizontal axis in FIG. 8 indicates the moving distance from the initial state of the operation unit 5 in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis 24, and the moving distance in the counterclockwise direction in FIG. 7 is positive.
  • the vertical axis in FIG. 8 indicates the above-mentioned rotational moment as a positive moment in the clockwise direction in FIG. 7.
  • the point marked with reference numeral 85 in FIG. 8 is a non-connected state in which the rotational moment is approximately 0.
  • the change in the rotational moment that actually acts on the operation unit 5 does not necessarily have to be the same as the change in the rotational moment shown by a straight line in FIG.
  • FIG. 9 shows a state in which the electric wire 91 is inserted into the insertion hole 21 on the right side.
  • the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2 from the insertion hole 21 along a predetermined insertion direction, and is located between the terminal portion 3 and the elastic member 4 in a non-connected state.
  • the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2 is an oblique direction inclined with respect to the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
  • the angle formed by the insertion direction and the vertical direction can be appropriately optimized depending on the place where the connected device 1 is expected to be used, the position of the operator, the line of sight, and the like.
  • the electric wire 91 may be, for example, a single wire or a relatively thick stranded wire. Further, the electric wire 91 may be an electric wire provided with a rod-shaped crimp terminal or the like at the tip of a relatively thin stranded wire.
  • the rod-shaped crimp terminal may be a crimp terminal with an insulating coating provided at the base of a rod-shaped conductive portion, or may be a bare crimp terminal not provided with an insulating sleeve or the like.
  • the diameter of the tip of the electric wire 91 is preferably 0.42 mm or more, for example.
  • the diameter of the tip of the electric wire 91 is practically 2.3 mm or less.
  • the diameter of the tip of the electric wire 91 may be variously changed depending on the current capacity of the connecting device 1 to which the electric wire 91 is connected. Further, the diameter of the portion other than the tip end portion of the electric wire 91 may be changed in various ways.
  • the tip of the electric wire 91 directly contacts the electric wire receiving portion 53 of the operating portion 5 in the case 2.
  • the right side surface of the electric wire receiving portion 53 is a receiving surface 531 that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91 and extends from the tip to the periphery.
  • the receiving surface 531 is located behind the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91, and spreads along a direction substantially perpendicular to the insertion direction.
  • the receiving surface 531 does not necessarily have to be a surface perpendicular to the insertion direction.
  • the electric wire 91 is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction with the tip of the electric wire 91 in contact with the receiving surface 531 of the electric wire receiving portion 53. As a result, the force is directly transmitted from the electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5. Then, the operation unit 5 rotates slightly clockwise in FIG. 9 around the rotation shaft 24. In other words, the position (that is, the rotation position) of the operation unit 5 is changed in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis 24.
  • the rotation direction of the cam portion 51 in the first portion 513 is a direction from the front side to the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 (that is, a direction toward the substantially left side in FIG. 9).
  • the restoring force vector 81 shifts from the reference line 82 to the left side in FIG. 10, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4 causes a clockwise rotational moment to act on the cam portion 51 (FIG. 10). 8).
  • the operation unit 5 further rotates clockwise, and the elastic member 4 is restored from the unconnected state.
  • the elastic member 4 shifts to a connection state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3 (that is, the electric wire 91 is sandwiched together with the terminal portion 3), and the electric wire is transferred.
  • the 91 and the terminal portion 3 are electrically and mechanically connected.
  • the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5 by the operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger).
  • the operator may recognize the transition to the connection state by, for example, vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3 by the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4.
  • the vibration or sound is generated, for example, when one member of the elastic member 4, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3, the operation portion 5, and the case 2 collides with the other member.
  • various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.
  • the tip of the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 is the electric wire contact portion 45 that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state.
  • the movement path of the electric wire contact portion 45 when the elastic member 4 transitions from the non-connected state to the connected state is the operation unit 5 when transitioning from the non-connected state to the connected state. Does not overlap with the moving area of.
  • the moving path of the electric wire contact portion 45 does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5 in the thickness direction even at the time of transition between the initial state and the non-connected state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion 45 from biting into the cam portion 51 of the operation portion 5 and hindering the rotation of the cam portion 51.
  • the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 projects substantially vertically upward from the case 2. Further, as shown in FIG. 6, in the connected device 1 in the non-connected state, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 is inclined inward in the left-right direction from the state shown in FIG. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 2, in the connected device 1 in the initial state, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 is inclined outward in the left-right direction from the state shown in FIG. Therefore, the operator visually recognizes the direction in which the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 extends (that is, the direction of the drive unit 52), so that the elastic member 4 of the connecting device 1 is in the initial state, the unconnected state, and the connected state. It is possible to determine which of the two. That is, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 is a visible identification unit that indicates the state of the elastic member 4.
  • the connecting device 1 to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2, a conductive terminal portion 3, an elastic member 4, and an operating portion 5.
  • the terminal portion 3 is fixed to the case 2.
  • the elastic member 4 is attached to the case 2, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3 by a restoring force to hold the electric wire 91.
  • the operation unit 5 applies a force to the elastic member 4 to bend it from the initial state to the non-wired state, and maintains the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state.
  • the operation unit 5 includes a first portion 513 on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acts, and a second portion 514 on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated.
  • the restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81, and the straight line connecting the first portion 513 and the second portion 514 is defined as the reference line 82.
  • the restoring force vector 81 substantially overlaps with the reference line 82 and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operation unit 5 is maintained and the elastic member 4 is in a state. Is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3 and the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5 is changed and the restoring force vector 81 deviates from the reference line 82, whereby the above restoration is performed. The elastic member 4 is restored from the non-connected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3.
  • the connected device 1 By adopting the above-mentioned structure for the connected device 1, other structures such as a step portion for locking the operation unit 5 in a non-connected state and a state release portion for releasing the lock of the operation unit 5 can be provided. Since it is not necessary to provide it, the structure of the connected device 1 can be simplified. Further, unlike the case where the operation unit 5 is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1.
  • the restoring force vector 81 only needs to substantially overlap the reference line 82 in the non-connected state, and does not need to be exactly the same (the same applies to the connected devices 1a to 1d).
  • the restoring force vector 81 shown in FIG. 7 is slightly tilted to the left of the reference line 82 (that is, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51 is slightly more than the point 85 shown in FIG. 8).
  • the non-connection state is maintained by the frictional force generated between the cam portion 51 and the elastic member 4.
  • the structure of the connected device 1 can be simplified.
  • the operation unit 5 includes a cam unit 51 that rotates about the rotation shaft 24.
  • the cam portion 51 comes into contact with the elastic member 4 at the first portion 513 and with the rotating shaft 24 at the bearing 54 which is the second portion 514.
  • the rotation of the cam portion 51 increases the distance between the first portion 513 and the rotation shaft 24, causes the elastic member 4 to bend, and the restoring force vector 81. Is substantially overlapped with the reference line 82, so that the rotational position of the operation unit 5 is maintained and the state of the elastic member 4 is maintained in the non-connected state.
  • the inserted electric wire 91 directly contacts the operation unit 5 to change the position of the operation unit 5.
  • the force for pushing the electric wire 91 is easily transmitted to the operation unit 5, so that automatic wiring in which the electric wire 91 is connected can be easily realized only by an operation such as inserting the electric wire 91.
  • the shape of the elastic member 4 can be simplified.
  • the operation unit 5 includes an electric wire receiving unit 53 that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91. Further, it is preferable that the electric wire receiving portion 53 includes a receiving surface 531 extending from the tip of the electric wire 91 to the periphery. As a result, the force for pushing the electric wire 91 can be efficiently transmitted to the operation unit 5.
  • the elastic member 4 includes the electric wire contact portion 45 that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state, and at least when the elastic member 4 shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state, the electric wire contact portion 45 It is preferable that the movement path does not overlap with the movement area of the operation unit 5. This makes it possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion 45 of the elastic member 4 from coming into contact with the operation portion 5 and hindering the movement of the operation portion 5.
  • the operation unit 5 protrudes from the case 2.
  • the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5. Further, the operator can also operate the operation unit 5 with his / her finger without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver.
  • the connecting device 1 is provided with a visible identification unit (in the above example, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5) that indicates the state of the elastic member 4.
  • a visible identification unit in the above example, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5
  • the state of the elastic member 4 can be easily and quickly recognized.
  • the elastic member 4 is preferably a leaf spring. Thereby, the structure of the connected device 1 can be further simplified.
  • the unconnected state that is, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51
  • the restoring force vector 81 substantially overlaps with the reference line 82 before the electric wire 91 is inserted
  • the shape of the elastic member 4 and the position of the operation unit 5 are maintained, but for example, as shown in FIG. 14, even when the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state is further bent, the operation unit 5 The position may be maintained.
  • the position of the operating unit 5 is maintained even when the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state is further bent. Further, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51 due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4 is opposite to the direction in which the operation portion 5 is returned to the connection state and the initial state. As a result, the shape of the elastic member 4 in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3 can be maintained more stably.
  • FIG. 16 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5a of the connected device 1a.
  • FIG. 16 shows the connected device 1a in the initial state.
  • the connection device 1a includes a case 2a, a terminal portion 3a, an elastic member 4a, and an operation portion 5a.
  • the shapes of the case 2a, the terminal portion 3a, the elastic member 4a and the operating portion 5a, and the movements of the elastic member 4a and the operating portion 5a are different from those of the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. Is the same.
  • the connecting device 1a may include two or more sets of terminal portions 3a, elastic members 4a, and operating portions 5a in the case 2a, similarly to the connecting device 1.
  • the terminal portion 3a is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2a.
  • the terminal portion 3a is made of metal, for example.
  • the elastic member 4a is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2a.
  • the elastic member 4a is, for example, a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring.
  • the elastic member 4a may be formed of a conductive material such as metal, or may be formed of an insulating material such as resin.
  • the elastic member 4a has a shape bent in a substantially L-shape, a substantially V-shape, or a substantially U-shape at the central portion in the longitudinal direction.
  • the elastic member 4a includes a bent portion 41a, a fixed portion 42a, and a movable portion 43a, similarly to the elastic member 4 described above.
  • the tip end portion (that is, the left end portion in FIG. 16) of the movable portion 43a is in contact with the substantially central portion of the terminal portion 3a in the left-right direction from below.
  • the insertion path of the electric wire described later is closed inside the insertion hole 21a.
  • the movable portion 43a is in contact with the operation portion 5a from below.
  • the movable portion 43a is elastically deformed and flexed downward by being pushed downward by the operating portion 5a, and is separated downward from the terminal portion 3a. Further, when the downward pressing force on the movable portion 43a disappears, the movable portion 43a returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.
  • the operation unit 5a includes a cam unit 51a, a drive unit 52a, and an identification unit 55a.
  • the cam portion 51a is a substantially triangular plate-shaped portion in which one apex is located at the lower end portion in the front view, and is arranged inside the case 2a (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2a).
  • the cam portion 51a is in contact with the movable portion 43a of the elastic member 4a from above.
  • a through hole extending in the thickness direction is provided in the upper portion of the cam portion 51a, and a bearing 54a is provided in the through hole.
  • the bearing 54a is fitted to a substantially cylindrical rotating shaft 24a provided in the case 2a and extending in the thickness direction.
  • the cam portion 51a is rotatably supported by the case 2a in a plane substantially perpendicular to the thickness direction about the rotation shaft 24a.
  • the distance between the center of the rotating shaft 24a and the outer edge of the cam portion 51a is maximized on a straight line extending from the center of the rotating shaft 24a to the apex of the lower end portion of the cam portion 51a.
  • the lower portion of the cam portion 51a overlaps with the terminal portion 3a in the thickness direction and is located on the inner side of the terminal portion 3a in FIG.
  • the drive unit 52a is a portion extending to the right from the right side portion of the cam portion 51a, and is a substantially rectangular plate-shaped portion in front view.
  • the right end portion of the drive portion 52a (that is, the end portion on the side far from the cam portion 51a) is located inside the through hole 231a provided in the upper part of the case 2a.
  • the upper surface of the right end portion of the drive unit 52a is located at substantially the same position in the vertical direction as the upper surface around the through hole 231a of the case 2a.
  • a recess 521a is provided at a position overlapping the through hole 231a in the vertical direction at the upper part of the right end portion of the drive unit 52a.
  • the recess 521a is located inside the through hole 231a.
  • a convex portion 522a projecting downward is provided at the lower part of the right end portion of the drive portion 52a. The convex portion 522a protrudes toward the insertion path of the electric wire described later.
  • the identification portion 55a is a substantially rectangular columnar portion extending diagonally upward to the left from the upper part of the left side portion of the cam portion 51a.
  • the identification portion 55a is located below the through hole 232a provided in the upper part of the case 2a.
  • the through hole 232a is separated to the left from the above-mentioned through hole 231a.
  • the entire identification portion 55a is located inside the case 2 below the through hole 232a.
  • the restoring force vector 81a of the elastic member 4a acting on the first portion 513a is a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513a and the second portion 514a. It deviates to the right from the reference line 82a. Therefore, a rotational moment in the counterclockwise direction acts on the cam portion 51a, and the elastic member 4a and the operation portion 5a are shown in FIG. 16 unless the operator keeps pushing the operation portion 5a downward.
  • the first portion 513a is a portion of the operation portion 5a on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4a acts, and specifically, a portion of the lower end portion of the cam portion 51a that comes into contact with the elastic member 4a.
  • the second portion 514a is a portion of the operation portion 5a where a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated.
  • a virtual portion connecting the first portion 513a and the center of the rotation shaft 24a is provided. It is an intersection with a straight line.
  • the operator pushes the operation unit 5a against the restoring force of the elastic member 4a until the unconnected state shown in FIG.
  • the restoring force vector 81a of the elastic member 4a acting on the first portion 513a substantially overlaps with the reference line 82a connecting the first portion 513a and the second portion 514a.
  • the restoring force of the elastic member 4a and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5a are balanced.
  • the convex portion 522a of the operation portion 5a is located above the insertion path of the electric wire described later.
  • the operation unit 5a includes only one first portion 513a on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4a acts and a second portion 514a on which the reaction force against the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1a.
  • the upper end portion of the identification portion 55a protrudes upward from the through hole 232a of the case 2a. Further, a part of the operation portion 5a (in the example shown in FIG. 18, the portion on the left side of the convex portion 522a) comes into contact with the stopper 28a which is a protrusion provided on the case 2a, so that the operation portion 5a is further increased.
  • the movement of the operation unit 5a is restricted so as not to rotate in the clockwise direction. Further, the operator can easily determine that the connected device 1a is in the non-connected state by visually recognizing that the identification unit 55a protrudes from the case 2a.
  • the operation unit 5a is further rotated clockwise from the rotation position shown in FIG. 18 and the elastic member 4a is further bent in the operation in substantially the same manner as the connecting device 1 shown in FIG.
  • the position of the portion 5a may be maintained.
  • the structure is realized, for example, by making the lower end of the cam portion 51a in FIG. 18 a substantially horizontal plane extending to the right from the first portion 513a in the figure, and moving the upper surface position of the stopper 28a downward.
  • the restoring force vector 81a is slightly tilted to the left of the reference line 82a, and the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51a is in the clockwise direction.
  • the electric wire 91 When the connected device 1a is in the non-connected state, as shown in FIG. 19, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2a from the insertion hole 21a of the case 2a along a predetermined insertion direction, and is not connected to the terminal portion 3a. It is located between the elastic member 4a in the connected state.
  • the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2a is an oblique direction inclined with respect to the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
  • the type and diameter of the electric wire 91 are the same as described above.
  • the tip of the electric wire 91 is in contact with a part of the case 2a so that the electric wire 91 is not inserted any more.
  • the convex portion 522a of the drive portion 52a of the operation portion 5a is in contact with the electric wire 91 from above.
  • the convex portion 522a of the operation portion 5a is in contact with the covering portion of the electric wire 91, but may be in contact with the conductive portion of the electric wire 91 or the rod-shaped crimp terminal. Further, the convex portion 522a may be located slightly above the electric wire 91 without coming into contact with the electric wire 91.
  • the electric wire 91 is slightly moved upward from the position indicated by the alternate long and short dash line by the operator.
  • the operator presses the tip of the electric wire 91 against the case 2a and twists the electric wire 91 upward with the tip as a fulcrum.
  • the force is directly transmitted from the electric wire 91 to the convex portion 522a of the operation portion 5a.
  • the operation unit 5a rotates slightly counterclockwise in FIG. 20 about the rotation shaft 24a. In other words, the position (that is, the rotation position) of the operation unit 5a is changed in the circumferential direction about the rotation shaft 24a.
  • the restoring force vector 81a shifts from the reference line 82a to the right side in FIG. 20, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4a causes a rotational moment in the counterclockwise direction to act on the cam portion 51a.
  • the operation unit 5a further rotates counterclockwise, and the elastic member 4a is restored from the unconnected state.
  • the elastic member 4a shifts to a wiring state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3a, and the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3a are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. ..
  • the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5a by the operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger).
  • the operator may recognize, for example, the transition to the connection state by vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3a by the movable portion 43a of the elastic member 4a.
  • the vibration or sound is generated when, for example, one member of the elastic member 4a, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3a, the operation portion 5a, and the case 2a collides with the other member.
  • various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.
  • the identification unit 55a of the operating unit 5a is housed in the case 2a and does not protrude from the through hole 232a of the case 2a, unlike the non-connected state. Therefore, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1a has changed from the non-connected state to the connected state by visually recognizing that the identification unit 55a is housed in the case 2a.
  • the connecting device 1a to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2a, a conductive terminal portion 3a, an elastic member 4a, and an operating portion 5a.
  • the terminal portion 3a is fixed to the case 2a.
  • the elastic member 4a is attached to the case 2a, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3a by a restoring force to be sandwiched.
  • the operation unit 5a applies a force to the elastic member 4a to bend it from the initial state to the non-wired state, and maintains the elastic member 4a in the non-connected state.
  • the operation unit 5a includes a first portion 513a on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4a acts, and a second portion 514a on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated.
  • the restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81a
  • the straight line connecting the first portion 513a and the second portion 514a is defined as the reference line 82a.
  • the restoring force vector 81a substantially overlaps with the reference line 82a and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion 5a is maintained and the elastic member 4a is in a state. Is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3a and the elastic member 4a in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5a is changed and the restoring force vector 81a deviates from the reference line 82a. The elastic member 4a is restored from the unconnected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3a.
  • the connected device 1a By adopting the above structure for the connected device 1a, another structure such as a step portion for locking the operation unit 5a in a non-connected state and a state release portion for releasing the locking of the operation unit 5a can be provided. Since it is not necessary to provide it, the structure of the connected device 1a can be simplified. Further, unlike the case where the operation portion 5a is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2a, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1a.
  • the position of the operating portion 5a is maintained even when the elastic member 4a in the non-connected state is further bent.
  • the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51a due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4a is opposite to the direction in which the operation portion 5a is returned to the connection state and the initial state.
  • the shape of the elastic member 4a in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3a can be maintained more stably.
  • the operation unit 5a includes a cam unit 51a that rotates about the rotation shaft 24a.
  • the cam portion 51a contacts the elastic member 4a at the first portion 513a and also contacts the rotating shaft 24a at the bearing 54a which is the second portion 514a.
  • the cam portion 51a rotates, so that the distance between the first portion 513a and the rotation shaft 24a increases, the elastic member 4a bends, and the restoring force vector 81a Is substantially overlapped with the reference line 82a, so that the rotational position of the operating portion 5a is maintained and the state of the elastic member 4a is maintained in the non-connected state.
  • the inserted electric wire 91 directly contacts the operation unit 5a to change the position of the operation unit 5a.
  • the force for pushing the electric wire 91 is easily transmitted to the operation unit 5a, so that the automatic connection of the electric wire 91 can be easily realized.
  • the shape of the elastic member 4a can be simplified.
  • the connecting device 1a is provided with a visible identification unit 55a that indicates the state of the elastic member 4a.
  • a visible identification unit 55a that indicates the state of the elastic member 4a.
  • the elastic member 4a is preferably a leaf spring. This makes it possible to further simplify the structure of the connected device 1a.
  • the transition from the non-connected state (see FIG. 19) to the connected state (see FIG. 21) does not necessarily have to be performed by pushing up the drive unit 52a of the operation unit 5a by the electric wire 91.
  • the restoring force vector 81a is similarly pushed down by the operator's fingertip 93 toward the inside of the case 2a by pushing the identification portion 55a protruding from the through hole 232a of the case 2a. Shifts to the right from the reference line 82a.
  • the cam portion 51a rotates counterclockwise due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4a, and the connecting device 1a shifts to the connection state shown in FIG. 21.
  • the operation unit 5a As described above, in the connected device 1a, it is preferable that a part of the operation unit 5a (identification unit 55a in the above example) protrudes from the case 2a. As a result, the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5a.
  • the connecting device 1a when the elastic member 4a is not connected (see FIG. 18), a part of the operation unit 5a (that is, the identification unit 55a) protrudes from the case 2a, and the elastic member 5a is in the connected state. At some point (see FIG. 21), it is preferred that the portion of the operating unit 5a be located within the case 2a. Thereby, as described above, it is possible to easily and quickly recognize whether or not the elastic member 4a is in the non-connected state. Further, in the non-connected state, the operation unit 5a can be easily operated without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver. Further, it is possible to prevent erroneous operation of the operation unit 5a in the wiring state. In the example shown in FIG. 22, the identification portion 55a of the operation portion 5a may be pushed into the case 2a by, for example, the tip of a rod-shaped tool instead of the operator's fingertip 93.
  • FIG. 23 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5b of the connected device 1b.
  • FIG. 24 is a plan view showing the operation unit 5b and the elastic member 4b. 23 and 24 show the connected device 1b in the initial state.
  • the connection device 1b includes a case 2b, a terminal portion 3b, an elastic member 4b, and an operation portion 5b.
  • the shapes of the case 2b, the terminal portion 3b, the elastic member 4b and the operating portion 5b, and the movements of the elastic member 4b and the operating portion 5b are different from those of the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. Is the same.
  • the connecting device 1b may include two or more sets of terminal portions 3b, an elastic member 4b, and an operating portion 5b in the case 2b, similarly to the connecting device 1.
  • the terminal portion 3b is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2b.
  • the terminal portion 3b is made of metal, for example.
  • the elastic member 4b is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2b.
  • the elastic member 4b is, for example, a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring.
  • the elastic member 4b may be formed of a conductive material such as metal, or may be formed of an insulating material such as resin.
  • the elastic member 4b has a substantially V-shaped or substantially U-shaped bent shape (that is, a substantially Z-shaped shape) at the lower end portion and the upper end portion.
  • the elastic member 4b includes a bent portion 41b, a fixed portion 42b, and a movable portion 43b, similarly to the elastic member 4 described above.
  • the movable portion 43b is provided with a cut-up portion 431b that is partially separated from the surrounding portion and bent upward.
  • the elastic member 4b further includes a wire receiving portion 44b and a releasing portion 46b.
  • the electric wire receiving portion 44b extends upward from the upper end portion of the movable portion 43b.
  • the release portion 46b extends from the upper end portion of the wire receiving portion 44b to the left side in FIGS. 23 and 24 (that is, in the direction toward the operation portion 5b).
  • the release portion 46b is substantially constant except for the release portion 46b, and the width of the release portion 46b is larger than the width of the wire receiving portion 44b.
  • the release portion 46b extends from the upper end portion of the wire receiving portion 44b (that is, the right end portion in FIG. 24) to the left and upward in FIG. 24.
  • the release portion 46b is drawn by a alternate long and short dash line in order to facilitate the understanding of the figure.
  • the terminal portion 3b is drawn by a two-dot chain line.
  • the upper end portion of the cut-up portion 431b (that is, the right end portion in FIGS. 23 and 24) is in contact with the substantially central portion of the terminal portion 3b in the left-right direction from below.
  • the insertion path for the electric wire which will be described later, is closed inside the insertion hole 21b provided on the left side of the case 2b.
  • the movable portion 43b is in contact with the operation portion 5b from below at a portion where the cut-up portion 431b is not provided (a portion on the left side of the cut-up portion 431b in FIG. 23).
  • the movable portion 43b is elastically deformed and flexed downward by being pushed downward by the operating portion 5b, and is separated downward from the terminal portion 3b. Further, when the downward pressing force on the movable portion 43b disappears, the movable portion 43b returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.
  • the wire receiving portion 44b extends diagonally upward to the right from the upper end portion of the movable portion 43b on the right side of the terminal portion 3b and the operating portion 5b in FIG. 23.
  • the electric wire receiving portion 44b extends from the lower side of the terminal portion 3b to the upper side of the terminal portion 3, and is located on the insertion path of the electric wire inserted along the lower surface of the terminal portion 3b.
  • the electric wire receiving portion 44b includes a receiving surface 441b that extends around in the insertion direction of the electric wire.
  • the release portion 46b extends from the upper end portion of the wire receiving portion 44b to the left side in FIG. 23 (that is, in the direction approaching the operation portion 5b), and partially faces the operation portion 5b and the terminal portion 3b in the vertical direction.
  • the tip end portion of the release portion 46b (that is, the end portion on the side closer to the operation portion 5b) is bent downward (that is, the direction toward the operation portion 5b) above the operation portion 5b.
  • the operation unit 5b includes a cam unit 51b.
  • the cam portion 51b is a substantially fan-shaped plate-shaped member when viewed from the front, and is arranged inside the case 2b (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2b).
  • the center of the fan shape is located at the upper right upper end of the cam portion 51b in FIG. 23, and a through hole extending in the thickness direction is provided in the vicinity of the center.
  • a bearing 54b is provided in the through hole.
  • the bearing 54b is fitted to a substantially cylindrical rotating shaft 24b provided in the case 2b and extending in the thickness direction.
  • the cam portion 51b is rotatably supported by the case 2b in a plane substantially perpendicular to the thickness direction about the rotation shaft 24b. In the example shown in FIG. 23, the central angle of the substantially fan-shaped cam portion 51b is about 90 ° in the front view.
  • a substantially semi-cylindrical convex portion 515b projecting downward (that is, radially outward in the cam portion 51b) is provided.
  • the cam portion 51b is in contact with the movable portion 43b of the elastic member 4b from above at the convex portion 515b.
  • the center of the rotating shaft 24b is formed on a straight line extending from the center of the rotating shaft 24b to the outer peripheral edge of the convex portion 515b of the cam portion 51b (specifically, substantially the center in the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral edge). The distance between the cam portion 51b and the outer edge is maximized.
  • the lower portion of the cam portion 51b overlaps with the terminal portion 3b in the thickness direction and is located on the inner side of the terminal portion 3b in FIG. 23.
  • the operator inserts the tip of a tool 92 such as a normal flat-blade screwdriver into the case 2b through the through hole 231b provided in the upper left end of the case 2b.
  • the tip of the rear portion 92 contacts the upper surface of the left end portion of the operation portion 5b located below the through hole 231b.
  • the operation unit 5b is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 23 about the rotation shaft 24b.
  • the restoring force vector 81b of the elastic member 4b acting on the first portion 513b is a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513b and the second portion 514b. It deviates to the left from the reference line 82b. Therefore, a rotational moment in the clockwise direction acts on the cam portion 51b, and unless the operator keeps pushing the operation portion 5b downward, the elastic member 4b and the operation portion 5b initially show in FIG. 23.
  • the first portion 513b is a portion of the operating portion 5b on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4b acts, and specifically, a portion of the convex portion 515b of the cam portion 51b that comes into contact with the elastic member 4b.
  • the second portion 514b is a portion of the operating portion 5b where a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated.
  • a virtual portion connecting the first portion 513b and the center of the rotating shaft 24b is provided. It is an intersection with a straight line.
  • the operator pushes the operation unit 5b against the restoring force of the elastic member 4b until the unconnected state shown in FIG. 26.
  • the restoring force vector 81b of the elastic member 4b acting on the first portion 513b substantially overlaps with the reference line 82b connecting the first portion 513b and the second portion 514b.
  • the restoring force of the elastic member 4b and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5b are balanced.
  • the operation unit 5b includes only one first portion 513b on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4b acts and a second portion 514b on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1b.
  • the upper surface of the right end portion of the operation portion 5b is a substantially horizontal plane substantially perpendicular to the vertical direction, and comes into contact with the tip portion of the release portion 46b of the elastic member 4b from below. Further, a part of the operation portion 5b (in the example shown in FIG. 26, the left end portion of the cam portion 51b) comes into contact with the stopper 28b, which is a protrusion provided on the case 2b, so that the operation portion 5b can be moved. The movement of the operation unit 5b is restricted so as not to rotate counterclockwise.
  • the operation unit 5b rotates further in the counterclockwise direction than the rotation position shown in FIG. 26, and the elastic member 4b is further bent.
  • the position of the operation unit 5b may be maintained.
  • the structure is realized, for example, by moving the upper surface position of the stopper 28b in FIG. 26 downward.
  • the restoring force vector 81b is slightly tilted to the right of the reference line 82b, and the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51b is in the counterclockwise direction. That is, a force that tends to rotate the operation portion 5b counterclockwise acts on the cam portion 51b from the elastic member 4b.
  • the rotation of the operating portion 5b in the counterclockwise direction is limited by the left end portion of the cam portion 51b coming into contact with the stopper 28b. Further, no force acts on the cam portion 51b from the elastic member 4b in the direction of rotating the operation portion 5b clockwise to return to the initial state. Therefore, the position of the operating portion 5b can be stably maintained, and the shape of the elastic member 4b in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3b can be stably maintained.
  • the electric wire 91 When the connected device 1b is in the non-connected state, as shown in FIG. 27, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2b from the insertion hole 21b of the case 2b along a predetermined insertion direction, and is not connected to the terminal portion 3b. It is located between the elastic member 4b in the connected state.
  • the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2b is a direction substantially parallel to the left-right direction.
  • the type and diameter of the electric wire 91 are the same as described above.
  • the tip of the electric wire 91 directly contacts the electric wire receiving portion 44b of the elastic member 4b in the case 2b.
  • the left side surface of the electric wire receiving portion 44b is a receiving surface 441b that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91 and extends from the tip to the periphery.
  • the receiving surface 441b is located on the back side of the cut-up portion 431b in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91, and spreads around the insertion direction as described above.
  • the electric wire 91 is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction with its tip in contact with the receiving surface 441b of the electric wire receiving portion 44b.
  • the receiving surface 441b is pushed toward the inner side in the insertion direction, and the electric wire receiving portion 44b and the releasing portion 46b are deformed in a direction of becoming flat in the vertical direction.
  • the tip of the release portion 46b moves downward and pushes down the right end of the cam portion 51b of the operation portion 5b in contact with the tip. That is, the force generated by pushing the electric wire 91 is indirectly applied to the operating portion 5b via the elastic member 4b that directly contacts the electric wire 91. Then, the operation unit 5b rotates slightly clockwise in FIG.
  • the rotation direction of the cam portion 51b in the first portion 513b is a direction toward the front side from the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 (that is, a direction toward the substantially left side in FIG. 28).
  • the restoring force vector 81b shifts from the reference line 82b to the left side in FIG. 28, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4b causes a clockwise rotational moment to act on the cam portion 51b.
  • the operation unit 5b further rotates clockwise, and the elastic member 4b is restored from the unconnected state.
  • the elastic member 4b shifts to a wiring state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3b, and the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3b are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. ..
  • the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5b by the operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger).
  • the operator may recognize, for example, the transition to the connection state by vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3b by the cut-up portion 431b of the elastic member 4b.
  • the vibration or sound is generated, for example, when one member of the elastic member 4b, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3b, the operation portion 5b, and the case 2b collides with the other member.
  • various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.
  • the portion of the operation portion 5b visible from the through hole 231b of the case 2b is the portion of the operation portion 5b visible from the through hole 231b in the non-connection state, and the direction thereof, the distance from the through hole 231b, and the like are different. different. Therefore, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1b has changed from the non-connected state to the connected state by visually recognizing the operation unit 5b from the through hole 231b. Similarly to the above, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1b is in the initial state by visually recognizing the operation unit 5b from the through hole 231b.
  • the portion of the operating portion 5b that can be seen from the through hole 231b is a visible identification portion that indicates the state of the elastic member 4b.
  • the portion of the operation unit 5b that can be seen from the through hole 231b may be colored to further clarify the distinction between the initial state, the connected state, and the non-connected state.
  • the connecting device 1b to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2b, a conductive terminal portion 3b, an elastic member 4b, and an operating portion 5b.
  • the terminal portion 3b is fixed to the case 2b.
  • the elastic member 4b is attached to the case 2b, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3b by a restoring force to be sandwiched.
  • the operation unit 5b applies a force to the elastic member 4b to bend it from the initial state to the non-wired state, and maintains the elastic member 4b in the non-connected state.
  • the operation unit 5b includes a first portion 513b on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4b acts, and a second portion 514b on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated.
  • the restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81b, and the straight line connecting the first portion 513b and the second portion 514b is defined as the reference line 82b.
  • the restoring force vector 81b substantially overlaps with the reference line 82b and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion 5b is maintained and the elastic member 4b is in a state. Is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3b and the elastic member 4b in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5b is changed and the restoring force vector 81b deviates from the reference line 82b. The elastic member 4b is restored from the non-connected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the terminal portion 3b and the electric wire 91.
  • the connected device 1b By making the connected device 1b have the above structure, other structures such as a step portion for locking the operation unit 5b in a non-connected state and a state release portion for releasing the locking of the operation unit 5b can be provided. Since it is not necessary to provide it, the structure of the connected device 1b can be simplified. Further, unlike the case where the operation portion 5b is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2b, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1b.
  • the position of the operating portion 5b is maintained even when the elastic member 4b in the non-connected state is further bent.
  • the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51b due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4b is in the opposite direction to the direction in which the operation portion 5b is returned to the connection state and the initial state.
  • the shape of the elastic member 4b in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3b can be maintained more stably.
  • the operation unit 5b includes a cam unit 51b that rotates about the rotation shaft 24b.
  • the cam portion 51b contacts the elastic member 4b at the first portion 513b and also contacts the rotating shaft 24b at the bearing 54b which is the second portion 514b.
  • the cam portion 51b rotates, so that the distance between the first portion 513b and the rotation shaft 24b increases, the elastic member 4b bends, and the restoring force vector 81b. Is substantially overlapped with the reference line 82b, so that the rotational position of the operating portion 5b is maintained and the state of the elastic member 4b is maintained in the non-connected state.
  • the connecting device 1b when the electric wire 91 is connected, the inserted electric wire 91 comes into direct contact with the elastic member 4b to deform the elastic member 4b, whereby the inserted electric wire 91 is passed through the elastic member 4b. It is preferable to apply a force to the operation unit 5b to change the position of the operation unit 5b. As a result, the degree of freedom in the shape and arrangement of the operation unit 5b can be improved as compared with the case where the operation unit 5b is provided with a portion that comes into direct contact with the electric wire 91.
  • the elastic member 4b preferably includes a wire receiving portion 44b that comes into direct contact with the tip of the wire 91, and a releasing portion 46b that extends from the wire receiving portion 44b toward the operating portion 5b.
  • the electric wire receiving portion 44b includes a receiving surface 441b extending from the tip of the electric wire 91 to the periphery. Then, the receiving surface 441b is pushed toward the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 by the electric wire 91, so that the elastic member 4b is deformed, and the release portion 46b comes into contact with the operation portion 5b to rotate the cam portion 51b. It is preferable to give it. This makes it possible to prevent wear of the operating portion 5b due to direct contact with the electric wire 91.
  • the cut-up portion 431b of the elastic member 4 is an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state.
  • the moving path of the wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5b. This makes it possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion of the elastic member 4b from coming into contact with the operation portion 5b and hindering the movement of the operation portion 5b.
  • the connecting device 1b is provided with a visible identification unit (in the above example, a part of the operation unit 5b visible from the through hole 231b) indicating the state of the elastic member 4b.
  • a visible identification unit in the above example, a part of the operation unit 5b visible from the through hole 231b
  • the state of the elastic member 4b can be easily and quickly recognized.
  • a part of the operation unit 5b may protrude from the case 2b.
  • a substantially rod-shaped protruding portion that extends upward from the cam portion 51b and protrudes from the case 2b may be provided.
  • the protruding portion functions as a visible identification portion indicating the state of the elastic member 4b. Therefore, by visually recognizing the position of the protruding portion of the operating portion 5b, the state of the elastic member 4b can be easily and quickly recognized. Further, the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5b by bringing the fingertip or the like into contact with the protrusion.
  • the protruding portion of the operating portion 5b protrudes from the case 2b when the elastic member 4b is in the non-connected state, and is located in the case 2b when the elastic member 4b is in the connected state.
  • the operation unit 5b can be easily operated without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver in the non-connection state, and erroneous operation of the operation unit 5b can be prevented in the connection state.
  • the elastic member 4b is preferably a leaf spring. Thereby, the structure of the connected device 1b can be further simplified.
  • the connecting devices 1, 1a and 1b when the electric wires 91 are connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wires 91 to the operation units 5, 5a and 5b.
  • the positions of the operation units 5, 5a, 5b are changed, and the restoring force vectors 81, 81a, 81b deviate from the reference lines 82, 82a, 82b.
  • automatic connection is realized in which the electric wires 91 are connected only by an operation such as inserting the electric wires 91, so that the electric wires 91 can be easily connected to the connecting devices 1, 1a, 1b.
  • FIG. 30 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5c of the connected device 1c.
  • FIG. 30 shows the connected device 1c in the initial state.
  • the connection device 1c includes a case 2c, a terminal portion 3c, an elastic member 4c, an operation portion 5c, and a release portion 6c.
  • the shapes of the case 2c, the terminal portion 3c, the elastic member 4c and the operating portion 5c, and the movements of the elastic member 4c and the operating portion 5c are different from those of the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. Is the same.
  • the connecting device 1c may include two or more sets of terminal portions 3c, an elastic member 4c, an operating portion 5c, and a releasing portion 6c in the case 2c, substantially similar to the connecting device 1.
  • the terminal portion 3c is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2c.
  • the terminal portion 3c is made of metal, for example.
  • the elastic member 4c is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2c.
  • the elastic member 4c is, for example, a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring.
  • the elastic member 4c may be formed of a conductive material such as metal, or may be formed of an insulating material such as resin.
  • the elastic member 4c has a shape bent in a substantially L-shape, a substantially V-shape, or a substantially U-shape at the central portion in the longitudinal direction.
  • the elastic member 4c includes a bent portion 41c, a fixed portion 42c, and a movable portion 43c, similarly to the elastic member 4 described above.
  • the tip end portion (that is, the left end portion in FIG. 30) of the movable portion 43c is in contact with the terminal portion 3c from below.
  • the insertion path for the electric wire which will be described later, is closed inside the insertion hole 21c provided on the right side of the case 2c.
  • the movable portion 43c is in contact with the operation portion 5c from below.
  • the movable portion 43c is elastically deformed and flexed downward by being pushed downward by the operating portion 5c, and is separated from the terminal portion 3c downward. Further, when the downward pressing force on the movable portion 43c disappears, the movable portion 43c returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.
  • the operation unit 5c includes an advancing / retreating unit 56c and a driving unit 52c.
  • the advancing / retreating portion 56c is a substantially pentagonal plate-shaped portion in which one apex is located at the lower end portion in the front view, and is arranged inside the case 2c (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2c).
  • the advancing / retreating portion 56c overlaps with the terminal portion 3c in the thickness direction and is located on the back side of the terminal portion 3c in FIG. 30.
  • the shape of the upper end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c is a substantially arc shape that is convex upward in the front view.
  • the upper end of the advancing / retreating portion 56c comes into contact with the inner surface 25c of the upper end portion of the case 2c from below.
  • the inner surface 25c of the case 2c is a substantially flat surface extending substantially linearly in the left-right direction in the front view.
  • the lower end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c comes into contact with the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c extending along the inner surface 25c of the case 2c from above. That is, the advancing / retreating portion 56c of the operating portion 5c is located between the elastic member 4c and the inner surface 25c of the case 2c in the vertical direction.
  • the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c includes a first inclined portion 432c and a second inclined portion 433c.
  • the first inclined portion 432c is a portion extending from the tip of the movable portion 43c to substantially the center, and the second inclined portion 433c is a portion toward the bent portion 41c from the right end of the first inclined portion 432c.
  • the first inclined portion 432c and the second inclined portion 433c are inclined so as to approach the inner surface 25c of the case 2c toward the left in FIG. 30.
  • the angle (acute angle) formed by the first inclined portion 432c and the inner surface 25c is smaller than the angle (acute angle) formed by the second inclined portion 433c and the inner surface 25c.
  • the advancing / retreating portion 56c is in contact with the second inclined portion 433c of the movable portion 43c on the left side surface of the lower end portion.
  • the left side surface of the advancing / retreating portion 56c extends substantially parallel to the second inclined portion 433c in the initial state in the front view.
  • the drive unit 52c is a substantially rod-shaped portion that extends from the right end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c to the right side and protrudes to the right from the case 2c.
  • the advancing / retreating portion 56c and the driving portion 52c are partially in contact with the case 2c, so that the operating portion 5c is restricted from moving further to the right.
  • the advancing / retreating portion 56c is in contact with the inner surface 25c of the case 2c and the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c inside the case 2c, and along the inner surface 25c. It moves substantially linearly to the left in FIG. 30.
  • the left-right direction in FIG. 30, which is the moving direction of the advancing / retreating portion 56c is also referred to as “advancing / retreating direction”.
  • the inner surface 25c of the case 2c that guides the movement of the advancing / retreating portion 56c in the advancing / retreating direction is also referred to as a “guide surface 25c”.
  • the release portion 6c is a substantially inverted L-shaped plate-shaped member arranged on the left side of the operation portion 5c.
  • the release portion 6c is rotatably supported by the case 2c in a plane substantially perpendicular to the thickness direction around a substantially columnar rotating shaft 24c provided in the case 2c extending in the thickness direction.
  • the rotation shaft 24c is located on the left side and above the left end portion of the terminal portion 3c extending substantially parallel to the left-right direction.
  • the release portion 6c includes a release lower portion 61c extending downward from the rotation shaft 24c, and a release upper portion 62c extending from the rotation shaft 24c to the right (that is, in the direction toward the advancing / retreating portion 56c of the operation unit 5c).
  • the release lower portion 61c is located on the left side of the left end portion of the terminal portion 3c and extends below the terminal portion 3c.
  • the release lower portion 61c is located on the insertion path of the electric wire.
  • the release upper portion 62c is located above the terminal portion 3c.
  • the operator brings the fingertip or the like into contact with the drive unit 52c of the operation unit 5c, moves the drive unit 52c to the left, and pushes it into the case 2c.
  • the advancing / retreating portion 56c moves from the right side to the left side in FIG. 30 (that is, from one side to the other side in a predetermined advancing / retreating direction) while contacting the guide surface 25c and the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c. do.
  • the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c is pushed downward by the advancing / retreating portion 56c, and is separated downward from the terminal portion 3c.
  • the restoring force vector 81c of the elastic member 4c acting on the first portion 513c is a reference line 82c which is a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513c and the second portion 514c. It is shifted to the right from. For this reason, a force toward the right in FIG. 31 is acting on the advancing / retreating portion 56c, and the elastic member 4c and the operating portion 5c must keep pushing the driving portion 52c into the case 2c. It returns to the initial state shown in FIG.
  • the first portion 513c is a portion of the operating portion 5c on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4c acts, and specifically, a portion of the lower end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c that comes into contact with the elastic member 4c.
  • the first portion 513c is a portion of the left side surface of the lower end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c that comes into contact with the second inclined portion 433c of the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c.
  • the second portion 514c is a portion of the operating portion 5c where a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated, and specifically, is the upper end of the advancing / retreating portion 56c in contact with the guide surface 25c.
  • the operator pushes the operation unit 5c against the restoring force of the elastic member 4c until the unconnected state shown in FIG. 32.
  • the restoring force vector 81c of the elastic member 4c acting on the first portion 513c substantially overlaps with the reference line 82c connecting the first portion 513c and the second portion 514c.
  • the first portion 513c is the lower end of the advancing / retreating portion 56c and comes into contact with the first inclined portion 432c of the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c.
  • the first inclined portion 432c is substantially parallel to the guide surface 25c at a position where it contacts the lower end of the advancing / retreating portion 56c.
  • the operation unit 5c includes only one first portion 513c on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4c acts and a second portion 514c on which the reaction force against the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1c.
  • the operation unit 5c may be moved further to the left side in the figure than in the state shown in FIG. 32.
  • the shape of the elastic member 4c hardly changes from that shown in FIG. 32, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4c and the reaction force to the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5c remain in balance. Therefore, the position of the operating portion 5c in the advancing / retreating direction and the state of the elastic member 4c (that is, the temporarily fixed state) are stably maintained.
  • the operation unit 5c moves further to the left from the position shown in FIG. 32, and the elastic member 4c is further bent in the operation unit 5c, substantially similar to the connection device 1 shown in FIG.
  • the position of may be maintained.
  • the structure is realized, for example, by bending the first inclined portion 432c of the elastic member 4c slightly upward from the contact portion with the advancing / retreating portion 56c in FIG. 32 on the tip side (that is, the left side). Will be done.
  • the restoring force vector 81c is slightly tilted to the left of the reference line 82c, and the force acting on the advancing / retreating portion 56c is directed to the left.
  • the electric wire 91 When the connected device 1c is in the non-connected state, as shown in FIG. 33, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2c from the insertion hole 21c of the case 2c along a predetermined insertion direction, and is not connected to the terminal portion 3c. It is located between the elastic member 4c in the connected state.
  • the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2c is a direction substantially parallel to the left-right direction.
  • the type and diameter of the electric wire 91 are the same as described above.
  • the tip of the electric wire 91 directly contacts the release lower portion 61c of the release portion 6c in the case 2c.
  • the right side surface of the release lower portion 61c is a receiving surface 611c that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91 and extends from the tip to the periphery.
  • the receiving surface 611c is located behind the movable portion 43c of the terminal portion 3c and the elastic member 4c in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91, and spreads around along a direction substantially perpendicular to the insertion direction of the electric wire 91.
  • the electric wire 91 is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction with the tip in contact with the receiving surface 611c of the release lower portion 61c.
  • the receiving surface 611c is pushed toward the inner side in the insertion direction, and the release portion 6c rotates slightly clockwise in FIG. 34 about the rotation shaft 24c.
  • the release upper portion 62c pushes the advance / retreat portion 56c to the right in FIG. 34. That is, the force generated by pushing the electric wire 91 is indirectly applied to the operation unit 5c via the release unit 6c that directly contacts the electric wire 91.
  • the moving direction of the operation unit 5c is a direction from the back side to the front side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91.
  • the portion of the operating portion 5c that comes into contact with the elastic member 4c is changed from the lower end of the operating portion 5c to the left side surface of the lower end portion, and comes into contact with the operating portion 5c of the elastic member 4c.
  • the portion to be used is changed from the first inclined portion 432c to the second inclined portion 433c.
  • the restoring force vector 81c deviates from the reference line 82c to the right side in FIG. 34, and a force toward the right side acts on the advancing / retreating portion 56c due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4c.
  • the operation unit 5c further moves to the right, and the elastic member 4c is restored from the unconnected state.
  • the elastic member 4c shifts to a wiring state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3c, and the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3c are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. ..
  • the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5c by an operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger).
  • the operator may recognize, for example, the transition to the connection state by vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3c by the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c.
  • the vibration or sound is generated by, for example, one member of the elastic member 4c, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3c, the operation portion 5c, and the case 2c colliding with the other member.
  • various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.
  • the position of the drive unit 52c of the operation unit 5c (that is, the position in the advancing / retreating direction) is different from the position of the drive unit 52c in the non-connected state. Therefore, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1c has changed from the non-connected state to the connected state by visually recognizing the position of the drive unit 52c. Similarly to the above, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1c is in the initial state by visually recognizing the position of the drive unit 52c. That is, the drive unit 52c of the operation unit 5c is a visible identification unit that indicates the state of the elastic member 4c.
  • the connecting device 1c to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2c, a conductive terminal portion 3c, an elastic member 4c, and an operating portion 5c.
  • the terminal portion 3c is fixed to the case 2c.
  • the elastic member 4c is attached to the case 2c, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3c by the restoring force to be sandwiched.
  • the operation unit 5c applies a force to the elastic member 4c to bend it from the initial state to the unconnected state, and maintains the unconnected state.
  • the operation unit 5c includes a first portion 513c on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4c acts, and a second portion 514c on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated.
  • the restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81c
  • the straight line connecting the first portion 513c and the second portion 514c is defined as the reference line 82c.
  • the restoring force vector 81c substantially overlaps with the reference line 82c and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion 5c is maintained and the elastic member 4c is in a state. Is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3c and the elastic member 4c in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5c is changed and the restoring force vector 81c deviates from the reference line 82c. The elastic member 4c is restored from the non-connected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the terminal portion 3c and the electric wire 91.
  • the connected device 1c By adopting the above structure for the connected device 1c, it is not necessary to provide another structure such as a stepped portion for locking the operation unit 5c in a non-connected state, so that the structure of the connected device 1c can be simplified. can. Further, unlike the case where the operation portion 5c is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2c, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1c.
  • the position of the operating portion 5c is maintained even when the elastic member 4c in the non-connected state is further bent.
  • the force acting on the advancing / retreating portion 56c due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4c is opposite to the direction in which the operating portion 5c is returned to the connection state and the initial state.
  • the shape of the elastic member 4c in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3c can be maintained more stably.
  • the case 2c includes a guide surface 25c extending linearly, and the elastic member 4c extends along the guide surface 25c.
  • the operation unit 5c is preferably located between the elastic member 4c and the guide surface 25c, and the first portion 513c and the second portion 514c are in contact with the elastic member 4c and the guide surface 25c, respectively, and advance or retreat.
  • the advance / retreat portion 56c that moves linearly in a direction (in the above-mentioned example, the left-right direction in FIG. 30) is provided.
  • the distance between the elastic member 4c and the guide surface 25c decreases from one side to the other side in the advancing / retreating direction (in the above example, from the right side to the left side in FIG.
  • the elastic member 4c shifts to the non-connected state, the advancing / retreating portion 56c moves from one side of the advancing / retreating direction to the other side (in the above example, to the left in FIG. 30).
  • the elastic member 4c bends, and the elastic member 4c becomes substantially parallel to the guide surface 25c at a position where it comes into contact with the first portion 513c.
  • the restoring force vector 81c substantially overlaps with the reference line 82c, the position of the operating portion 5c in the advancing / retreating direction is maintained, and the state of the elastic member 4c is maintained in the non-connected state.
  • the operation unit 5c when connecting the electric wire 91, the operation unit 5c is restored by moving from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to one side (in the above example, to the right in FIG. 30).
  • the force vector 81c deviates from the reference line 82c, and the elastic member 4c shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state due to the restoring force.
  • the transition of the elastic member 4c to the non-connected state and the maintenance in the non-connected state, and the transition from the non-connected state to the connected state can be realized with a simple structure.
  • connection device 1c when the electric wire 91 is connected, the force is indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5c via the release unit 6c, so that the operation unit 5c moves in the advancing / retreating direction.
  • the restoring force vector 81c moves from the other side to the one side and deviates from the reference line 82c, but is not necessarily limited to this.
  • the operation unit 5c may move from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to the one side by directly transmitting a force from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5c.
  • the connecting device 1c when the electric wire 91 is connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5c, so that the operation unit 5c moves from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction. It is preferable that the restoring force vector 81c deviates from the reference line 82c by moving to the one side. As a result, automatic connection is realized in which the electric wires 91 are connected only by an operation such as inserting the electric wires 91, so that the electric wires 91 can be easily connected to the connecting device 1c.
  • the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c is an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state.
  • the moving path of the wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5c. This makes it possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion of the elastic member 4c from coming into contact with the operation portion 5c and hindering the movement of the operation portion 5c.
  • the operation unit 5c in the above example, the drive unit 52c protrudes from the case 2c.
  • the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5c by bringing the fingertip or the like into contact with the drive unit 52c.
  • the connecting device 1c is provided with a visible identification unit (driving unit 52c in the above example) indicating the state of the elastic member 4c.
  • a visible identification unit driving unit 52c in the above example
  • the drive unit 52c may be located inside the case 2c when the elastic member 4c is in the connected state. In this case, it is possible to prevent erroneous operation of the operation unit 5c in the connected state. As described above, the drive unit 52c protrudes from the case 2c when the elastic member 4c is in the non-connected state. As a result, the operation unit 5c can be easily operated in the non-connection state without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver, while preventing erroneous operation in the connection state. Further, by visually recognizing whether or not the drive unit 52c protrudes from the case 2c, it is possible to easily and quickly recognize whether or not the elastic member 4c is in the non-connection state.
  • the elastic member 4c is preferably a leaf spring. This makes it possible to further simplify the structure of the connected device 1c.
  • FIG. 36 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5d of the connected device 1d.
  • FIG. 36 shows the connected device 1d in the non-connected state.
  • the connection device 1d includes a case 2d, a terminal portion 3d, an elastic member 4d, and an operation portion 5d.
  • the shapes of the case 2d, the terminal portion 3d, the elastic member 4d and the operating portion 5d, and the movements of the elastic member 4d and the operating portion 5d are different from those of the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. Is the same.
  • the connecting device 1d may include two or more sets of terminal portions 3d, an elastic member 4d, and an operating portion 5d in the case 2d, substantially similar to the connecting device 1.
  • the terminal portion 3d is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2d.
  • the terminal portion 3d is made of metal, for example.
  • the elastic member 4d is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2d.
  • the elastic member 4d is, for example, a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring.
  • the elastic member 4d may be formed of a conductive material such as metal, or may be formed of an insulating material such as resin.
  • the elastic member 4d has a shape bent in a substantially L-shape, a substantially V-shape, or a substantially U-shape at the central portion in the longitudinal direction.
  • the elastic member 4d includes a bent portion 41d, a fixed portion 42d, and a movable portion 43d, similarly to the elastic member 4 described above.
  • the tip end portion (that is, the lower end portion in FIG. 36) of the movable portion 43d is in contact with the terminal portion 3d from above.
  • the insertion path for the electric wire which will be described later, is closed inside the insertion hole 21d provided on the right side of the case 2d.
  • the movable portion 43d is in contact with the operation portion 5d.
  • the movable portion 43d is elastically deformed and flexed by being pushed to the left by the operating portion 5d, and is separated upward from the terminal portion 3d. Further, when the leftward pressing force on the movable portion 43d disappears, the movable portion 43d returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.
  • the operation unit 5d includes a rotation unit 57d and a drive unit 52d.
  • the rotating portion 57d is a member having a substantially disk shape or a substantially columnar shape centered on a central axis extending in the thickness direction.
  • the rotating portion 57d is placed inside the case 2d (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2d) on a concave operation portion mounting portion 26d provided at the lower part of the case 2d.
  • the inner surface 261d of the operation unit mounting unit 26d is a part of a substantially cylindrical surface.
  • the inner surface 261d of the operation unit mounting unit 26d is substantially fan-shaped in front view, and the central angle of the fan shape is, for example, about 135 °.
  • a guide surface 27d which is an inclined surface that tends upward toward the left, is connected to the left end of the operation unit mounting unit 26d.
  • a notch 571d recessed toward the central axis is provided in a part of the rotating portion 57d in the circumferential direction, and a protruding portion protruding outward in the radial direction is provided in the other part in the circumferential direction. 572d is provided.
  • the notch portion 571d is located at the upper right portion of the rotating portion 57d.
  • the protrusion 572d is located at the lower end of the rotating portion 57d.
  • the shape of the protrusion 572d in the front view is substantially triangular.
  • the shape of the notch portion 571d in the front view is substantially rectangular.
  • the right edge of the notch 571d ie, the edge located clockwise when viewed from the center of the notch 571d
  • a notched protrusion 573d is provided (ie, protruding counterclockwise).
  • the shape of the notch protrusion 573d in the front view is substantially triangular.
  • a substantially flat plate-shaped wire receiving portion 574d extending in the thickness direction is provided at the left edge of the notch 571d (that is, the edge located counterclockwise when viewed from the center of the notch 571d). Be done.
  • the cutout portion 571d overlaps with the terminal portion 3d in the thickness direction and is located on the inner side of the terminal portion 3d in FIG. 36.
  • the drive portion 52d is a substantially rod-shaped portion that extends upward from the left end portion of the rotating portion 57d and protrudes upward from the case 2d.
  • the rotating portion 57d is restricted from further rotating clockwise due to the partial contact of the driving portion 52d with the case 2d.
  • the rotating portion 57d can rotate counterclockwise along the inner surface 261d of the operating portion mounting portion 26d from the initial state shown in FIG. 36. Further, the rotating portion 57d can move from the position shown in FIG. 36 to the left in FIG. 36 along the guide surface 27d.
  • the restoring force vector 81d of the elastic member 4d acting on the first portion 513d is a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513d and the second portion 514d. It deviates to the right from the reference line 82d. Therefore, a rotational moment in the clockwise direction acts on the rotating portion 57d, and if the operator does not continue to apply a force to the driving portion 52d of the operating portion 5d, the elastic member 4d and the operating portion 5d are shown in the figure. It returns to the initial state shown in 36.
  • the first portion 513d is a portion of the operating portion 5d on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4d acts.
  • the second portion 514d is a portion of the operating portion 5d where a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated.
  • the operator rotates the operation unit 5d counterclockwise against the restoring force of the elastic member 4d until the unconnected state shown in FIG. 38.
  • the restoring force vector 81d of the elastic member 4d acting on the first portion 513d substantially overlaps with the reference line 82d connecting the first portion 513d and the second portion 514d.
  • the restoring force of the elastic member 4d and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5d are balanced.
  • the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d comes into contact with the convex portion provided on the guide surface 27d of the case 2d.
  • the movement of the operation unit 5d is restricted so that the operation unit 5d does not rotate in the counterclockwise direction any more.
  • the operation unit 5d includes only one first portion 513d on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4d acts and a second portion 514d on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1d.
  • the operation unit 5d is further rotated in the counterclockwise direction from the rotation position shown in FIG. 38, and the elastic member 4d is further bent.
  • the position of the operation unit 5d may be maintained.
  • the structure is realized, for example, by making the inclination of the guide surface 27d of the case 2d in FIG. 38 gentle (that is, making it close to horizontal).
  • the restoring force vector 81d is slightly tilted to the left of the reference line 82d, and the rotational moment acting on the rotating portion 57d is in the counterclockwise direction. That is, a force is applied from the elastic member 4d to the rotating portion 57d to rotate the operating portion 5d counterclockwise.
  • the rotation of the operation unit 5d in the counterclockwise direction is limited by the drive unit 52d coming into contact with the case 2d. Further, no force acts on the rotating portion 57d from the elastic member 4d in the direction of rotating the operating portion 5d clockwise to return to the initial state. Therefore, the position of the operation portion 5d (that is, the rotation position) is stably maintained, and the shape of the elastic member 4d in a state separated from the terminal portion 3d can be stably maintained.
  • the electric wire 91 When the connected device 1d is in the non-connected state, as shown in FIG. 39, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2d from the insertion hole 21d of the case 2d along a predetermined insertion direction, and is not connected to the terminal portion 3d. It is located between the elastic member 4d in the connected state.
  • the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2d is an oblique direction inclined with respect to the vertical direction and the horizontal direction.
  • the type and diameter of the electric wire 91 are the same as described above.
  • the tip of the electric wire 91 directly contacts the electric wire receiving portion 574d of the operating portion 5d in the case 2d.
  • the right side surface of the electric wire receiving portion 574d is a receiving surface 575d that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91 and extends from the tip to the periphery.
  • the receiving surface 575d is located on the back side of the non-connected elastic member 4d in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91, and spreads around along a direction substantially perpendicular to the insertion direction.
  • the receiving surface 575d does not necessarily have to be a surface perpendicular to the insertion direction.
  • the electric wire 91 is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction with its tip in contact with the receiving surface 575d of the electric wire receiving portion 574d. As a result, the force is directly transmitted from the electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5d. Then, the receiving surface 575d is pushed toward the back side in the insertion direction, and as shown in FIG. 40, the operation unit 5d is left from the position shown by the alternate long and short dash line (that is, the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91). Moved a little to. As a result, the restoring force vector 81d shifts from the reference line 82d to the right side in FIG.
  • the elastic member 4d shifts to a wiring state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3d, and the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3d are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. ..
  • the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5d by the operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger).
  • the operator may recognize, for example, the transition to the connection state by vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3d by the movable portion 43d of the elastic member 4d.
  • the vibration or sound is generated when, for example, one member of the elastic member 4d, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3d, the operation portion 5d, and the case 2d collides with the other member.
  • various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.
  • the position of the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d is different from the position of the drive unit 52d in the non-wired state. Therefore, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1d has changed from the non-connected state to the connected state by visually recognizing the position of the drive unit 52d. Similarly to the above, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1d is in the initial state by visually recognizing the position of the drive unit 52d. That is, the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d is a visible identification unit that indicates the state of the elastic member 4d.
  • the operator pushes down the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d with a tool such as a fingertip or a flat-blade screwdriver. As a result, the operation unit 5d rotates counterclockwise in FIG. 41.
  • the operation unit 5d rotates to the unconnected state shown in FIG. 39, the restoring force vector 81d (see FIG. 38) substantially overlaps with the reference line 82d, and the elastic member 4d is separated upward from the electric wire 91. It is maintained in a non-connected state. As a result, the pinching of the electric wire 91 by the elastic member 4d and the terminal portion 3d is released. The operator can easily remove the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1d by pulling out the electric wire 91 from the insertion hole 21d.
  • the connecting device 1d to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2d, a conductive terminal portion 3d, an elastic member 4d, and an operation portion 5d.
  • the terminal portion 3d is fixed to the case 2d.
  • the elastic member 4d is attached to the case 2d, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3d by a restoring force to be sandwiched.
  • the operation unit 5d applies a force to the elastic member 4d to bend it from the initial state to the unconnected state, and maintains the unconnected state.
  • the operation unit 5d includes a first portion 513d on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4d acts, and a second portion 514d on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated.
  • the restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81d
  • the straight line connecting the first portion 513d and the second portion 514d is defined as the reference line 82d.
  • the restoring force vector 81d substantially overlaps with the reference line 82d, and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion 5d is maintained and the elastic member 4d
  • the state is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3d and the elastic member 4d in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5d is changed and the restoring force vector 81d deviates from the reference line 82d.
  • the elastic member 4d is restored from the unconnected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3d.
  • the connected device 1d By making the connected device 1d have the above structure, other structures such as a step portion for locking the operation unit 5d in a non-connected state and a state release portion for releasing the locking of the operation unit 5d can be provided. Since it is not necessary to provide it, the structure of the connected device 1d can be simplified. Further, unlike the case where the operation portion 5d is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2d, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1d.
  • the position of the operating portion 5d is maintained even when the elastic member 4d in the non-connected state is further bent.
  • the force acting on the rotating portion 57d due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4d is opposite to the direction in which the operating portion 5d is returned to the connection state and the initial state.
  • the shape of the elastic member 4d in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3d can be maintained more stably.
  • the operation unit 5d has a substantially disk shape or a substantially columnar shape in which a notch portion 571d is provided in a part in the circumferential direction and a protrusion portion 572d is provided in the other part in the circumferential direction.
  • the rotating portion 57d of the above is provided.
  • the case 2d is provided with a concave operation portion mounting portion 26d whose inner surface 261d is a part of a substantially cylindrical surface.
  • the rotating portion 57d is mounted on the operating portion mounting portion 26d, and is in contact with the elastic member 4d at the first portion 513d, which is a part of the notch portion 571d (in the above example, the notch protruding portion 573d), and also has a protrusion.
  • the second portion 514d which is the portion 572d, comes into contact with the inner surface 261d of the operation portion mounting portion 26d.
  • the rotating portion 57d rotates in the first rotation direction (counterclockwise in the above example), so that the elastic member 4d bends and the restoring force vector 81d becomes.
  • the rotational position of the rotating portion 57d is maintained, and the state of the elastic member 4d is maintained in the non-connected state.
  • the rotating portion 57d is moved to the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 (in the above example, the left side in FIG. 40), so that the restoring force vector 81d Is deviated from the reference line 82d, the rotating portion 57d rotates in the second rotation direction (clockwise in the above example) opposite to the first rotation direction due to the restoring force, and the elastic member 4d is in a non-connected state. It shifts to the connection state.
  • the transition of the elastic member 4d to the non-connected state and the maintenance in the non-connected state, and the transition from the non-connected state to the connected state can be realized with a simple structure.
  • connection device 1d when the electric wire 91 is connected, the force is directly transmitted from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5d, so that the rotating portion 57d moves to the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91.
  • the restoring force vector 81d deviates from the reference line 82d, but is not necessarily limited to this.
  • the rotating portion 57d may be moved to the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 by directly transmitting the force from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5d.
  • the connecting device 1d when the electric wire 91 is connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5d, so that the rotating portion 57d is behind the electric wire 91 in the insertion direction. It is preferable that the restoring force vector 81d is moved to the side and deviates from the reference line 82d. As a result, automatic connection is realized in which the electric wires 91 are connected only by an operation such as inserting the electric wires 91, so that the electric wires 91 can be easily connected to the connecting device 1d.
  • the inserted electric wire 91 directly contacts the operation unit 5d to change the position of the operation unit 5d.
  • the force for pushing the electric wire 91 is easily transmitted to the operation unit 5d, so that the automatic connection of the electric wire 91 can be easily realized.
  • the shape of the elastic member 4d can be simplified.
  • the operation unit 5d includes an electric wire receiving unit 574d that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91. Further, it is preferable that the electric wire receiving portion 574d includes a receiving surface 575d extending from the tip of the electric wire 91 to the periphery. As a result, the force for pushing the electric wire 91 can be efficiently transmitted to the operation unit 5d.
  • the movable portion 43d of the elastic member 4d is an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state.
  • the moving path of the wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5d. This makes it possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion of the elastic member 4d from coming into contact with the operation portion 5d and hindering the movement of the operation portion 5d.
  • the operation unit 5d in the above example, the drive unit 52d
  • the drive unit 52d protrudes from the case 2d.
  • the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5d by bringing the fingertip or the like into contact with the drive unit 52d.
  • the connected device 1d is provided with a visible identification unit (driving unit 52d in the above example) indicating the state of the elastic member 4d.
  • a visible identification unit driving unit 52d in the above example
  • the drive unit 52d may be configured to protrude from the case 2d when the elastic member 4d is in the unconnected state, and to be located in the case 2d when the elastic member 4d is in the connected state.
  • the operation unit 5d can be easily operated without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver in the non-connection state.
  • by visually recognizing whether or not the drive unit 52d protrudes from the case 2d it is possible to easily and quickly recognize whether or not the elastic member 4d is in the non-connected state.
  • the elastic member 4d is preferably a leaf spring. Thereby, the structure of the connected device 1d can be further simplified.
  • the elastic members 4, 4a to 4d are not limited to leaf springs, and may have other structures (for example, string-wound springs).
  • the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 has the function of the identification unit, but other parts of the operation unit 5 or parts other than the operation unit 5 are in a state of the elastic member 4. It may be a visible identification unit to be shown. Similarly, in the connected devices 1a to 1d, a portion different from the above example may be the identification portion. In the connected devices 1, 1a to 1d, the identification unit may be omitted.
  • connection of the electric wire 91 does not necessarily have to be performed by the above-mentioned automatic connection, as in the case of the connection device 1a shown in FIG. 22, for example, the operator touches the operation unit 5 with a fingertip, a tool, or the like. This may be performed by moving the operation unit 5. Specifically, when the operator slightly pushes the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 on the right side of FIG. 9 toward the right with his fingertip, the restoring force vector 81 is on the left side from the reference line 82 as in FIG. Due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4, a rotational moment in the clockwise direction acts on the cam portion 51. As a result, even if the operator does not apply any further force to the drive unit 52, the operation unit 5 rotates clockwise, and the connected device 1 shifts to the wiring state shown in FIG.
  • the operator touches the elastic member 4b shown in FIG. 27 with a fingertip, a tool, or the like to slightly deform the elastic member 4b, thereby causing the operation unit 5b to be in the non-connected state shown in FIG. 27. It may be rotated clockwise from the above to shift to the connection state shown in FIG. 29.
  • the operator touches the release portion 6c shown in FIG. 33 with a fingertip, a tool, or the like and rotates the release portion 6c slightly clockwise to show the operation unit 5c in FIG. 33. It may be moved from the non-connected state to the right and shifted to the connected state shown in FIG. 35.
  • the operator touches the operation unit 5d shown in FIG. 39 with a fingertip or a tool and moves the operation unit 5d slightly to the left to move the operation unit 5d to FIG. 39.
  • the unconnected state shown may be rotated clockwise to shift to the connected state shown in FIG. 41.
  • the operation unit 5 does not necessarily have to protrude from the case 2, and the entire operation unit 5 may be arranged in the case 2. The same applies to the connected devices 1a to 1d.
  • the moving path of the electric wire contact portion 45 of the elastic member 4 may overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5 in the thickness direction. Further, the elastic member 4 does not need to come into direct contact with the electric wire 91 in the connected state, and may indirectly come into contact with the electric wire 91 via another member or the like. The same applies to the connected devices 1a to 1d.
  • the shape of the receiving surface 531 of the electric wire receiving portion 53 may be changed in various ways. Further, the electric wire 91 inserted in the case 2 does not necessarily have to come into contact with the operation portion 5 at the tip thereof, and the operation portion is formed at another portion (for example, a covering portion, a crimp terminal, etc.) like the connecting device 1a. 5 may be contacted. The electric wire 91 does not necessarily have to come into direct contact with the operation unit 5, but indirectly comes into contact with the operation unit 5 via another member such as an elastic member 4 like the connecting device 1b, and the operation unit 5 has. You may change the position. In the operation unit 5, the electric wire receiving unit 53 may be omitted. The same applies to the wire receiving portion 44b of the connecting device 1b and the wire receiving portion 574d of the connecting device 1d.
  • the rotation direction of the operation unit 5 at the time of transition from the initial state to the non-connection state and the rotation direction of the operation unit 5 at the time of transition from the non-connection state to the connection state need not necessarily be opposite. It may be in the same orientation. Further, the operation unit 5 does not necessarily have to rotate at the time of transition from the non-connection state to the connection state. For example, as in the connection device 1c, the operation unit 5 slides sideways to form an elastic member. 4 may shift from the non-connected state to the connected state.
  • connection devices 1, 1a to 1d may be used for connecting electric wires in various devices.
  • the connected device 1 may be used as a relay socket, an operation switch, or the like.

Landscapes

  • Details Of Connecting Devices For Male And Female Coupling (AREA)
  • Flexible Shafts (AREA)
  • Monitoring And Testing Of Exchanges (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Electric Cables (AREA)
  • Coupling Device And Connection With Printed Circuit (AREA)

Abstract

In this connecting device, when a resilient member (4) is in an unconnected state, a restoring force vector (81) of the resilient member (4) substantially overlaps a reference line (82), which is a straight line connecting a first part (513) and a second part (514), and the restoring force and a reaction force are balanced. As a result, the position of an operating portion (5) is maintained, and the state of the resilient member (4) is maintained in the unconnected state. Further, in a state in which an electric wire has been inserted between a terminal portion (3) and the resilient member (4) in the unconnected state, the position of the operating portion (5) is changed, and the restoring force vector (81) is displaced from the reference line (82), as a result of which the resilient member (4) is restored from the unconnected state by means of the restoring force, and transitions to a connected state in which the electric wire is sandwiched between the resilient member (4) and the terminal portion (3). The structure of the connection device can thus be simplified.

Description

接続機器Connected device

 本発明は、電線が接続される接続機器に関する。
[関連出願の参照]
 本願は、2020年7月17日に出願された日本国特許出願JP2020-122599、および、2020年10月6日に出願された日本国特許出願JP2020-169408からの優先権の利益を主張し、これらの出願の全ての開示は、本願に組み込まれる。
The present invention relates to a connecting device to which an electric wire is connected.
[Refer to related applications]
This application claims the priority benefit from the Japanese patent application JP2020-122599 filed on July 17, 2020 and the Japanese patent application JP2020-169408 filed on October 6, 2020. All disclosures of these applications are incorporated herein by reference.

 従来、制御盤等において電線が接続される接続機器として、いわゆるプッシュイン式の接続機器が利用されている。当該接続機器では、ケースの挿入穴に電線を差し込み、ケース内に設けられた板バネにより当該電線を導通端子に押し付けて電気的に接続する。 Conventionally, so-called push-in type connecting devices have been used as connecting devices to which electric wires are connected in control panels and the like. In the connection device, an electric wire is inserted into the insertion hole of the case, and the electric wire is pressed against the conduction terminal by a leaf spring provided in the case to be electrically connected.

 例えば、特許第4202125号公報(文献1)の電線接続機器では、ハウジングに対して進退可能な棒状操作ボタンが設けられる。当該電線接続機器では、棒状操作ボタンをハウジングに向けて押し込むことにより、ハウジング内の板バネが弾性変形して導通金具から離間する。棒状操作ボタンの先端は板バネと係合して板バネの形状を維持する。これにより、板バネが導通金具から離間したオープン状態が維持される。そして、オープン状態の電線接続機器に電線を挿入した後、棒状操作ボタンをハウジングから引き出すことにより、板バネが弾性復帰して当該電線を導通金具との間で挟持する。 For example, in the electric wire connection device of Japanese Patent No. 4202125 (Reference 1), a rod-shaped operation button that can move forward and backward is provided for the housing. In the electric wire connection device, when the rod-shaped operation button is pushed toward the housing, the leaf spring in the housing is elastically deformed and separated from the conduction metal fitting. The tip of the rod-shaped operation button engages with the leaf spring to maintain the shape of the leaf spring. As a result, the leaf spring is maintained in an open state separated from the conduction fitting. Then, after inserting the electric wire into the electric wire connecting device in the open state, the leaf spring is elastically restored by pulling out the rod-shaped operation button from the housing, and the electric wire is sandwiched between the conductive metal fittings.

 当該電線接続機器では、電線を接続する際に、オープン状態の電線接続機器に電線を挿入した状態を維持しつつ、棒状操作ボタンをハウジングから引き出す必要がある。このため、電線の接続動作が繁雑になり、接続作業に要する時間を短縮することが難しい。また、作業者は、一方の手で電線を保持し、他方の手で棒状操作ボタンを操作する必要があるため、片手で接続作業を行うことが難しい。 In the wire connection device, when connecting the wire, it is necessary to pull out the rod-shaped operation button from the housing while maintaining the state in which the wire is inserted into the wire connection device in the open state. Therefore, the connection operation of the electric wire becomes complicated, and it is difficult to shorten the time required for the connection work. Further, since the operator needs to hold the electric wire with one hand and operate the rod-shaped operation button with the other hand, it is difficult to perform the connection work with one hand.

 一方、特許第6675004号公報(文献2)の接続機器では、操作部をケースの内部へと押し込むことにより、操作部に接触する板バネを非結線状態まで撓ませ、この状態で操作部をケースの段差部に係止することにより、板バネの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。また、当該接続機器では、ケースに挿入された電線により状態解除部を押して回転させることにより、状態解除部が上記操作部をケースの段差部から押し出す。これにより、操作部のケースに対する係止が解除され、板バネが復元して電線を端子部との間で挟持する。これにより、電線の接続作業が容易とされる。 On the other hand, in the connection device of Japanese Patent No. 6675004 (Reference 2), the operation portion is pushed into the inside of the case to bend the leaf spring in contact with the operation portion to a non-wired state, and the operation portion is bent in this state to the case. By locking to the stepped portion of, the state of the leaf spring is maintained in the non-connected state. Further, in the connected device, the state release portion is pushed and rotated by the electric wire inserted in the case, so that the state release portion pushes the operation portion from the step portion of the case. As a result, the locking of the operation unit to the case is released, the leaf spring is restored, and the electric wire is sandwiched between the terminal unit and the terminal portion. This facilitates the wire connection work.

 ところで、文献2の接続機器では、操作部を係止するための段差部、および、操作部の係止を解除するための状態解除部を設ける必要があり、接続機器の構造が複雑化するおそれがある。 By the way, in the connected device of Document 2, it is necessary to provide a stepped portion for locking the operation unit and a state release portion for unlocking the operation unit, which may complicate the structure of the connected device. There is.

 本発明は、電線が接続される接続機器に向けられており、接続機器の構造を簡素化することを目的としている。 The present invention is directed to a connecting device to which an electric wire is connected, and an object thereof is to simplify the structure of the connecting device.

 本発明の好ましい一の形態に係る接続機器は、ケースと、前記ケースに固定された導電性の端子部と、前記ケースに取り付けられ、復元力により電線を前記端子部に押し付けて挟持する弾性部材と、前記弾性部材に力を付与して初期状態から非結線状態へと撓ませて前記非結線状態にて維持する操作部とを備える。前記操作部は、前記弾性部材の前記復元力が作用する第1部位と、前記復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位とを備える。前記復元力のベクトルを復元力ベクトルとし、前記第1部位と前記第2部位とを結ぶ直線を基準線とする。前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態であるとき、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線と略重なって前記復元力と前記反力とが釣り合うことにより、前記操作部の位置が維持されて前記弾性部材の状態が前記非結線状態にて維持される。前記端子部と前記非結線状態の前記弾性部材との間に前記電線が挿入された状態で、前記操作部の位置が変更されて前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれることにより、前記復元力により前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態から復元し、前記電線を前記端子部との間に挟持する結線状態へと移行する。 The connecting device according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention is a case, a conductive terminal portion fixed to the case, and an elastic member attached to the case and pressing an electric wire against the terminal portion by a restoring force to hold the electric wire. And an operation unit that applies a force to the elastic member to bend it from the initial state to the non-connected state and maintain it in the non-connected state. The operation unit includes a first portion on which the restoring force of the elastic member acts, and a second portion on which a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated. The restoring force vector is used as the restoring force vector, and the straight line connecting the first portion and the second portion is used as a reference line. When the elastic member is in the non-connection state, the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion is maintained and the elastic member of the elastic member. The state is maintained in the non-connected state. With the electric wire inserted between the terminal portion and the elastic member in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion is changed and the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, whereby the restoring force is applied. As a result, the elastic member is restored from the non-connected state, and shifts to a connected state in which the electric wire is sandwiched between the terminal portion and the terminal portion.

 当該接続機器では、接続機器の構造を簡素化することができる。 With the connected device, the structure of the connected device can be simplified.

 好ましくは、前記非結線状態における前記弾性部材をさらに撓ませた状態においても、前記操作部の位置が維持される。 Preferably, the position of the operating portion is maintained even when the elastic member is further flexed in the non-wired state.

 好ましくは、前記操作部は、回転軸を中心として回転するカム部を備える。前記カム部は、前記第1部位にて前記弾性部材に接触するとともに、前記第2部位である軸受けにて前記回転軸と接触する。前記弾性部材の前記非結線状態への移行時には、前記カム部が回転することにより、前記第1部位と前記回転軸との間の距離が増大して前記弾性部材が撓み、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線と略重なることにより、前記操作部の回転位置が維持されて前記弾性部材の状態が前記非結線状態にて維持される。 Preferably, the operation unit includes a cam unit that rotates about a rotation axis. The cam portion contacts the elastic member at the first portion and contacts the rotating shaft at the bearing which is the second portion. At the time of transition of the elastic member to the non-connecting state, the rotation of the cam portion increases the distance between the first portion and the rotation axis, the elastic member bends, and the restoring force vector is generated. By substantially overlapping with the reference line, the rotational position of the operating portion is maintained and the state of the elastic member is maintained in the non-connected state.

 好ましくは、前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線から前記操作部に直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、前記操作部の位置が変更されて前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれる。 Preferably, when the electric wire is connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation portion, so that the position of the operation portion is changed and the restoring force vector is obtained. It deviates from the reference line.

 好ましくは、前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線は、前記操作部に直接的に接触して前記操作部の位置を変更する。 Preferably, when connecting the electric wire, the inserted electric wire comes into direct contact with the operation portion to change the position of the operation portion.

 好ましくは、前記操作部は、前記電線の先端と直接的に接触する電線受け部を備える。前記電線受け部は、前記電線の前記先端から周囲に広がる受け面を備える。 Preferably, the operation unit includes an electric wire receiving unit that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire. The electric wire receiving portion includes a receiving surface extending from the tip of the electric wire to the periphery.

 好ましくは、前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線は、前記弾性部材に直接的に接触して前記弾性部材を変形させることにより、前記弾性部材を介して前記操作部に力を付与して前記操作部の位置を変更する。 Preferably, when the electric wire is connected, the inserted electric wire directly contacts the elastic member to deform the elastic member, thereby applying a force to the operation portion via the elastic member. Then, the position of the operation unit is changed.

 好ましくは、前記弾性部材は、前記電線の先端と直接的に接触する電線受け部と、前記電線受け部から前記操作部に向かって延びる解除部とを備える。前記電線受け部は、前記電線の前記先端から周囲に広がる受け面を備える。前記受け面が前記電線によって前記電線の挿入方向の奥側に向かって押されることにより前記弾性部材が変形し、前記解除部が前記操作部に接触して前記カム部を回転させる力を付与する。 Preferably, the elastic member includes an electric wire receiving portion that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire, and a releasing portion that extends from the electric wire receiving portion toward the operating portion. The electric wire receiving portion includes a receiving surface extending from the tip of the electric wire to the periphery. When the receiving surface is pushed by the electric wire toward the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire, the elastic member is deformed, and the release portion comes into contact with the operation portion to apply a force to rotate the cam portion. ..

 好ましくは、前記ケースは、直線状に延びるガイド面を備える。前記弾性部材は、前記ガイド面に沿って延びている。前記操作部は、前記弾性部材と前記ガイド面との間に位置し、前記第1部位および前記第2部位にて前記弾性部材および前記ガイド面にそれぞれ接触しつつ所定の進退方向に直線的に移動する進退部を備える。前記弾性部材と前記ガイド面との間の距離は、前記進退方向の一方側から他方側に向かうに従って減少する。前記弾性部材の前記非結線状態への移行時には、前記進退部が前記進退方向の前記一方側から前記他方側へと移動することにより前記弾性部材が撓み、前記第1部位と接触する位置にて前記弾性部材が前記ガイド面と略平行となり、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線と略重なることにより、前記操作部の前記進退方向の位置が維持されて前記弾性部材の状態が前記非結線状態にて維持される。前記電線を結線する際には、前記操作部が前記進退方向の前記他方側から前記一方側へと移動することにより、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれ、前記復元力により前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態から前記結線状態へと移行する。 Preferably, the case includes a guide surface that extends linearly. The elastic member extends along the guide surface. The operating portion is located between the elastic member and the guide surface, and is linearly in a predetermined advancing / retreating direction while being in contact with the elastic member and the guide surface at the first portion and the second portion, respectively. It has an advancing / retreating part to move. The distance between the elastic member and the guide surface decreases from one side in the advancing / retreating direction toward the other side. At the time of transition of the elastic member to the non-connected state, the elastic member bends by moving the advancing / retreating portion from the one side in the advancing / retreating direction to the other side, and at a position where the elastic member comes into contact with the first portion. When the elastic member is substantially parallel to the guide surface and the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line, the position of the operation unit in the advancing / retreating direction is maintained and the elastic member is in the non-connected state. Will be maintained. When connecting the electric wires, the operation unit moves from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to the one side, so that the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, and the restoring force causes the elastic member to move. The transition from the non-connected state to the connected state.

 好ましくは、前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線から前記操作部に直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、前記操作部が前記進退方向の前記他方側から前記一方側へと移動して前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれる。 Preferably, when the electric wire is connected, a force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation portion, so that the operation portion moves from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to the one side. And the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line.

 好ましくは、前記操作部は、周方向の一部に切り欠き部が設けられ、周方向の他の一部に突起部が設けられた略円板状または略円柱状の回転部を備える。前記ケースには、内面が略円筒面の一部である凹状の操作部載置部が設けられる。前記回転部は、前記操作部載置部に載置され、前記切り欠き部の一部である前記第1部位にて前記弾性部材に接触するとともに、前記突起部である前記第2部位にて前記操作部載置部の前記内面に接触する。前記弾性部材の前記非結線状態への移行時には、前記回転部が第1の回転方向に回転することにより前記弾性部材が撓み、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線と略重なることにより、前記回転部の回転位置が維持されて前記弾性部材の状態が前記非結線状態にて維持される。前記電線を結線する際には、前記回転部が前記電線の挿入方向の奥側へと移動されることにより、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれ、前記復元力により前記回転部が前記第1の回転方向とは反対向きの第2の回転方向に回転し、前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態から前記結線状態へと移行する。 Preferably, the operation portion includes a substantially disk-shaped or substantially columnar rotating portion having a notch in a part in the circumferential direction and a protrusion in another part in the circumferential direction. The case is provided with a concave operating portion mounting portion whose inner surface is a part of a substantially cylindrical surface. The rotating portion is mounted on the operation portion mounting portion, and is in contact with the elastic member at the first portion which is a part of the notch portion, and at the second portion which is the protrusion portion. It comes into contact with the inner surface of the operation portion mounting portion. At the time of transition of the elastic member to the non-connected state, the elastic member bends due to the rotation of the rotating portion in the first rotation direction, and the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line, whereby the rotating portion The rotational position of the elastic member is maintained, and the state of the elastic member is maintained in the non-connected state. When connecting the electric wires, the rotating portion is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire, so that the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, and the restoring force causes the rotating portion to move to the second position. It rotates in the second rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of 1, and the elastic member shifts from the non-connection state to the connection state.

 好ましくは、前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線から前記操作部に直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、前記回転部が前記電線の挿入方向の奥側へと移動されて前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれる。 Preferably, when the electric wire is connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation portion, so that the rotating portion moves to the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire. The restoring force vector deviates from the reference line.

 好ましくは、前記弾性部材は、前記結線状態で前記電線に直接的に接触する電線接触部を備える。少なくとも前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態から前記結線状態に移行する際に、前記電線接触部の移動経路は前記操作部の移動領域と重ならない。 Preferably, the elastic member includes an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire in the connected state. At least when the elastic member shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state, the moving path of the electric wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion.

 好ましくは、前記操作部の一部が前記ケースから突出している。 Preferably, a part of the operation unit protrudes from the case.

 好ましくは、前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態であるとき、前記操作部の一部が前記ケースから突出しており、前記弾性部材が前記結線状態であるとき、前記操作部の前記一部が前記ケース内に位置する。 Preferably, when the elastic member is in the non-wired state, a part of the operating portion protrudes from the case, and when the elastic member is in the connected state, the part of the operating portion is in the case. Located inside.

 好ましくは、前記弾性部材の状態を示す視認可能な識別部が設けられる。 Preferably, a visible identification unit is provided to indicate the state of the elastic member.

 好ましくは、前記弾性部材が板バネである。 Preferably, the elastic member is a leaf spring.

 上述の目的および他の目的、特徴、態様および利点は、添付した図面を参照して以下に行うこの発明の詳細な説明により明らかにされる。 The above-mentioned purpose and other purposes, features, embodiments and advantages will be clarified by the detailed description of the invention described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

第1の実施の形態に係る接続機器の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the connection device which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. 操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. 接続機器の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the connected device. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. 操作部の移動距離と回転モーメントとの関係を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the relationship between the moving distance of an operation part, and a rotational moment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. 接続機器の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the connected device. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. 操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view near the operation part. 操作部の移動距離と回転モーメントとの関係を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the relationship between the moving distance of an operation part, and a rotational moment. 第2の実施の形態に係る接続機器の操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the vicinity of the operation part of the connected device which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 第3の実施の形態に係る接続機器の操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the vicinity of the operation part of the connected device which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 操作部および弾性部材を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the operation part and the elastic member. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 第4の実施の形態に係る接続機器の操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。It is an enlarged sectional view of the vicinity of the operation part of the connected device which concerns on 4th Embodiment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 第5の実施の形態に係る接続機器の操作部近傍の拡大断面図である。FIG. 5 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the vicinity of the operation unit of the connected device according to the fifth embodiment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment. 接続機器の縦断面図である。It is a vertical sectional view of the connected equipment.

 図1は、本発明の第1の実施の形態に係る接続機器1の斜視図である。図2は、接続機器1の縦断面図である。図2では、断面よりも奥側の構成についても併せて図示している。また、図2では、図示の都合上、一部の構成(例えば、弾性部材4)の断面の平行斜線を省略している。他の断面図においても同様である。接続機器1は、電線が接続されるプッシュイン式の接続機器である。図1および図2では、電線が接続機器1に挿入されていない状態を示す。接続機器1は、例えば、制御盤等の端子台に利用される。 FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a connecting device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a vertical sectional view of the connected device 1. In FIG. 2, the configuration on the back side of the cross section is also shown. Further, in FIG. 2, for convenience of illustration, parallel diagonal lines in the cross section of a part of the configuration (for example, the elastic member 4) are omitted. The same applies to other cross-sectional views. The connection device 1 is a push-in type connection device to which an electric wire is connected. 1 and 2 show a state in which the electric wire is not inserted into the connecting device 1. The connection device 1 is used, for example, as a terminal block such as a control panel.

 以下の説明では、図2中の上下方向および左右方向を、単に「上下方向」および「左右方向」とも呼ぶ。また、図2において紙面に垂直な方向を「厚さ方向」とも呼ぶ。図2は、接続機器1の厚さ方向の中央よりも手前側における断面を示す。当該上下方向、左右方向および厚さ方向は、接続機器1が使用される際の取付方向とは必ずしも一致する必要はない。また、当該上下方向は、重力方向とも必ずしも一致する必要はない。他の実施の形態においても略同様である。 In the following description, the vertical direction and the horizontal direction in FIG. 2 are also simply referred to as "vertical direction" and "horizontal direction". Further, in FIG. 2, the direction perpendicular to the paper surface is also referred to as a "thickness direction". FIG. 2 shows a cross section of the connected device 1 on the front side of the center in the thickness direction. The vertical direction, the horizontal direction, and the thickness direction do not necessarily have to coincide with the mounting direction when the connecting device 1 is used. Further, the vertical direction does not necessarily have to coincide with the direction of gravity. The same applies to the other embodiments.

 接続機器1は、ケース2と、端子部3と、弾性部材4と、操作部5とを備える。ケース2は、端子部3、弾性部材4および操作部5を内部に収容する。ケース2は、例えば樹脂製である。図1および図2に示す例では、ケース2には、それぞれに電線が挿入可能な2つの挿入穴21が設けられる。また、ケース2の内部には、2つの端子部3と、2つの弾性部材4と、2つの操作部5とが配置されている。換言すれば、接続機器1は、2セットの端子部3、弾性部材4および操作部5を備える。なお、接続機器1は、1セットまたは3セット以上の端子部3、弾性部材4および操作部5を備えていてもよい。 The connection device 1 includes a case 2, a terminal portion 3, an elastic member 4, and an operation portion 5. The case 2 houses the terminal portion 3, the elastic member 4, and the operation portion 5 inside. The case 2 is made of resin, for example. In the example shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the case 2 is provided with two insertion holes 21 into which electric wires can be inserted. Further, inside the case 2, two terminal portions 3, two elastic members 4, and two operation portions 5 are arranged. In other words, the connecting device 1 includes two sets of terminal portions 3, an elastic member 4, and an operating portion 5. The connecting device 1 may include one set or three or more sets of terminal portions 3, an elastic member 4, and an operation portion 5.

 端子部3、弾性部材4および操作部5の各セットは、挿入穴21に対応して配置される。2セットの端子部3、弾性部材4および操作部5は、形状および大きさ等は互いに同じであり、左右反対向きに配置される。図2中の右側の挿入穴21に注目すると、端子部3は、挿入穴21の上側に位置し、左右方向に沿って延びる。弾性部材4は、端子部3の下側に位置する。操作部5は、弾性部材4の上側に位置する。操作部5は、端子部3よりも図2中における奥側に配置される。弾性部材4は、上下方向において、端子部3および操作部5とそれぞれ部分的に重なる。 Each set of the terminal portion 3, the elastic member 4, and the operation portion 5 is arranged corresponding to the insertion hole 21. The two sets of the terminal portion 3, the elastic member 4, and the operation portion 5 have the same shape, size, and the like, and are arranged in opposite directions. Focusing on the insertion hole 21 on the right side in FIG. 2, the terminal portion 3 is located above the insertion hole 21 and extends in the left-right direction. The elastic member 4 is located below the terminal portion 3. The operation unit 5 is located above the elastic member 4. The operation unit 5 is arranged on the back side in FIG. 2 with respect to the terminal unit 3. The elastic member 4 partially overlaps with the terminal portion 3 and the operation portion 5 in the vertical direction.

 端子部3は、ケース2に固定された導電性の略板状の部材である。端子部3は、例えば金属製である。図2中の右側の端子部3と左側の端子部3とは、当該2つの端子部3の下方にて左右方向に延びる導電性の端子接続部32を介して電気的に接続されている。2つの端子部3および端子接続部32は、例えば一繋がりの部材である。 The terminal portion 3 is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2. The terminal portion 3 is made of metal, for example. The right terminal portion 3 and the left terminal portion 3 in FIG. 2 are electrically connected to each other via a conductive terminal connection portion 32 extending in the left-right direction below the two terminal portions 3. The two terminal portions 3 and the terminal connection portion 32 are, for example, one connected member.

 弾性部材4は、ケース2に取り付けられた弾性変形可能な部材である。図2に示す例では、弾性部材4は、略帯状の板バネである。弾性部材4は、例えば金属製である。弾性部材4は、導電材料により形成されてもよく、樹脂等の絶縁材料により形成されてもよい。弾性部材4は、例えば、長手方向の中央部にて略L字状、略V字状または略U字状に折り曲げられた形状を有する。以下の説明では、弾性部材4の当該折り曲げられている部位を、「屈曲部41」と呼ぶ。また、弾性部材4において屈曲部41から側方へと延びる2つの部位のうち、下側に位置する部位を「固定部42」と呼び、固定部42よりも上方に位置する部位を「可動部43」と呼ぶ。 The elastic member 4 is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2. In the example shown in FIG. 2, the elastic member 4 is a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring. The elastic member 4 is made of metal, for example. The elastic member 4 may be formed of a conductive material or an insulating material such as a resin. The elastic member 4 has, for example, a shape that is bent into a substantially L-shape, a substantially V-shape, or a substantially U-shape at the central portion in the longitudinal direction. In the following description, the bent portion of the elastic member 4 is referred to as a "bent portion 41". Further, of the two portions of the elastic member 4 extending laterally from the bent portion 41, the portion located on the lower side is called the "fixed portion 42", and the portion located above the fixed portion 42 is the "movable portion". It is called "43".

 ケース2には、厚さ方向に延びる略円柱状の弾性部材支持部22が設けられており、弾性部材支持部22の周囲がケース2の他の部位により周方向において部分的に囲まれることにより、溝部が形成されている。当該溝部には弾性部材4の屈曲部41が挿入されており、これにより、弾性部材4がケース2に取り付けられる。 The case 2 is provided with a substantially columnar elastic member support portion 22 extending in the thickness direction, and the circumference of the elastic member support portion 22 is partially surrounded by other portions of the case 2 in the circumferential direction. , Grooves are formed. A bent portion 41 of the elastic member 4 is inserted into the groove portion, whereby the elastic member 4 is attached to the case 2.

 図2中の右側の弾性部材4に注目すると、当該弾性部材4の固定部42は、弾性部材支持部22の下側において、屈曲部41から左向きに左右方向に略平行に延びる。固定部42の下側には、左右方向に延びる上述の端子接続部32が接触しており、固定部42の下側への移動が規制されている。したがって、固定部42は、ケース2に実質的に固定されている。 Focusing on the elastic member 4 on the right side in FIG. 2, the fixed portion 42 of the elastic member 4 extends substantially parallel to the left and right from the bent portion 41 on the lower side of the elastic member support portion 22. The terminal connection portion 32 extending in the left-right direction is in contact with the lower side of the fixed portion 42, and the movement of the fixed portion 42 to the lower side is restricted. Therefore, the fixing portion 42 is substantially fixed to the case 2.

 弾性部材4の可動部43は、弾性部材支持部22の上側において、屈曲部41から左斜め上に向かって延びる。図2に示す例では、可動部43は、弾性部材支持部22の上端部から左方に離れるに従って一旦左斜め下に向かって延び、弾性部材支持部22の左端部近傍にて上向きに屈曲し、左斜め上に向かって延びる。可動部43の先端部(すなわち、図2中の左端部)は、端子部3の左右方向の略中央部に下側から接触している。また、可動部43は、操作部5に下側から接触している。可動部43は、後述するように、操作部5により下方へと押されることにより、弾性部材支持部22の上端部を支点として弾性変形して下向きに撓み、端子部3から下方へと離間する。また、可動部43に対する下向きの押圧力がなくなると、可動部43は復元力により元の状態に戻る(すなわち、弾性復帰する)。 The movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 extends diagonally upward to the left from the bent portion 41 on the upper side of the elastic member support portion 22. In the example shown in FIG. 2, the movable portion 43 once extends diagonally downward to the left as it moves away from the upper end portion of the elastic member support portion 22 to the left, and bends upward in the vicinity of the left end portion of the elastic member support portion 22. , Extends diagonally upward to the left. The tip end portion (that is, the left end portion in FIG. 2) of the movable portion 43 is in contact with the substantially central portion of the terminal portion 3 in the left-right direction from below. Further, the movable portion 43 is in contact with the operating portion 5 from below. As will be described later, the movable portion 43 is elastically deformed with the upper end portion of the elastic member support portion 22 as a fulcrum and flexes downward by being pushed downward by the operating portion 5, and is separated downward from the terminal portion 3. .. Further, when the downward pressing force on the movable portion 43 disappears, the movable portion 43 returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.

 図2に示す状態では、上述のように、弾性部材4の可動部43の先端部が、端子部3に下側から接触している。これにより、挿入穴21の内側(すなわち、ケース2の左右方向の中央部に近い側)において、後述する電線の挿入経路が、弾性部材4の可動部43により閉鎖されている。図1および図2に示す状態は、挿入穴21に電線が挿入される前の状態、すなわち、接続機器1が使用される前の状態であり、以下の説明では、当該状態を「初期状態」とも呼ぶ。 In the state shown in FIG. 2, as described above, the tip portion of the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 is in contact with the terminal portion 3 from below. As a result, inside the insertion hole 21 (that is, the side closer to the central portion in the left-right direction of the case 2), the insertion path of the electric wire described later is closed by the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4. The state shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is a state before the electric wire is inserted into the insertion hole 21, that is, a state before the connecting device 1 is used, and in the following description, the state is referred to as an “initial state”. Also called.

 初期状態(すなわち、挿入穴閉鎖状態)の弾性部材4は、固定部42と可動部43とが近づく向きに少し撓んでいる。これにより、弾性部材4がケース2から脱落することを防止することができる。また、弾性部材4および端子部3により電線を挟持する際に、当該電線が比較的細い場合であっても、十分な挟持力(すなわち、グリップ力)を発揮させることができる。 The elastic member 4 in the initial state (that is, the insertion hole closed state) is slightly bent in the direction in which the fixed portion 42 and the movable portion 43 approach each other. This makes it possible to prevent the elastic member 4 from falling off from the case 2. Further, when the electric wire is pinched by the elastic member 4 and the terminal portion 3, even if the electric wire is relatively thin, a sufficient pinching force (that is, a grip force) can be exerted.

 操作部5は、カム部51と、駆動部52と、電線受け部53とを備える。カム部51は、ケース2の内部(すなわち、ケース2の外縁よりも内側)に配置される略直方体状の部位である。カム部51は、弾性部材4の可動部43に上側から接触している。カム部51には厚さ方向に延びる貫通孔が設けられ、当該貫通孔に軸受け54が設けられる。軸受け54は、ケース2に設けられた厚さ方向に延びる略円柱状の回転軸24に嵌合される。カム部51は、回転軸24を中心として、厚さ方向に略垂直な面内において回転可能にケース2により支持される。カム部51および回転軸24は、厚さ方向において端子部3と重なり、図2中において端子部3の奥側に位置する。 The operation unit 5 includes a cam unit 51, a drive unit 52, and an electric wire receiving unit 53. The cam portion 51 is a substantially rectangular parallelepiped portion arranged inside the case 2 (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2). The cam portion 51 is in contact with the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 from above. The cam portion 51 is provided with a through hole extending in the thickness direction, and the bearing 54 is provided in the through hole. The bearing 54 is fitted to a substantially cylindrical rotating shaft 24 provided in the case 2 extending in the thickness direction. The cam portion 51 is rotatably supported by the case 2 in a plane substantially perpendicular to the thickness direction about the rotation shaft 24. The cam portion 51 and the rotating shaft 24 overlap the terminal portion 3 in the thickness direction and are located on the inner side of the terminal portion 3 in FIG.

 駆動部52は、カム部51から斜め上方へと略直線状に延びる略筒状または略棒状の部材である。図1および図2に示す例では、駆動部52は、上端にて開口する矩形断面の穴521を有する略矩形筒状の部材である。穴521には、後述するように、マイナスドライバー等の工具の先端部が挿入可能である。駆動部52の上端部は、ケース2の外縁(すなわち、外側の輪郭)から斜め上方に突出している。 The drive unit 52 is a substantially cylindrical or substantially rod-shaped member that extends diagonally upward from the cam unit 51 in a substantially linear shape. In the example shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the drive unit 52 is a substantially rectangular tubular member having a hole 521 having a rectangular cross section that opens at the upper end. As will be described later, the tip of a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver can be inserted into the hole 521. The upper end of the drive unit 52 projects diagonally upward from the outer edge (that is, the outer contour) of the case 2.

 電線受け部53は、駆動部52の長手方向の略中央部から左右方向の内側(すなわち、ケース2の左右方向の中央部に近い側)へと延びる略板状または略棒状の部材である。図1および図2に示す例では、電線受け部53は、駆動部52との接続部から離れるに従って、駆動部52の長手方向においてカム部51に近づくように屈曲している。換言すれば、電線受け部53は、駆動部52との接続部から、駆動部52の長手方向に垂直な方向よりもカム部51側に向かって延びている。 The electric wire receiving portion 53 is a substantially plate-shaped or substantially rod-shaped member extending from the substantially central portion in the longitudinal direction of the drive portion 52 to the inside in the left-right direction (that is, the side closer to the central portion in the left-right direction of the case 2). In the example shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the electric wire receiving portion 53 is bent so as to approach the cam portion 51 in the longitudinal direction of the drive portion 52 as the distance from the connection portion with the drive portion 52 increases. In other words, the electric wire receiving portion 53 extends from the connection portion with the drive portion 52 toward the cam portion 51 rather than the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the drive portion 52.

 図3は、図2中の右側に位置する操作部5近傍を拡大して示す縦断面図である。図3に示すように、操作部5のカム部51の正面視における形状(すなわち、厚さ方向において図3の手前側から見た形状)は、2組の長辺511および短辺512を備える略長方形である。長辺511は、左右方向の内側に向かうに従って上方へと向かう。短辺512は、左右方向の内側に向かうに従って下方へと向かう。 FIG. 3 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5 located on the right side in FIG. 2. As shown in FIG. 3, the shape of the cam portion 51 of the operation portion 5 in the front view (that is, the shape seen from the front side of FIG. 3 in the thickness direction) includes two sets of long sides 511 and short sides 512. It is almost rectangular. The long side 511 goes upward as it goes inward in the left-right direction. The short side 512 goes downward as it goes inward in the left-right direction.

 軸受け54は、下側の長辺511と左右方向の外側の短辺512とにより形成される角部(すなわち、図3中の右下の角部)近傍に位置する。カム部51では、回転軸24の中心を通り、カム部51の下側の長辺511に垂直な方向において、回転軸24の中心とカム部51の外縁との間の距離が最小になる。また、当該距離が最小になる方向から回転軸24を中心として時計回り方向に向かうに従って、回転軸24の中心とカム部51の外縁との間の距離は増大する。 The bearing 54 is located in the vicinity of a corner portion (that is, the lower right corner portion in FIG. 3) formed by the lower long side 511 and the outer short side 512 in the left-right direction. In the cam portion 51, the distance between the center of the rotating shaft 24 and the outer edge of the cam portion 51 is minimized in the direction perpendicular to the long side 511 on the lower side of the cam portion 51 through the center of the rotating shaft 24. Further, the distance between the center of the rotating shaft 24 and the outer edge of the cam portion 51 increases from the direction in which the distance is minimized toward the clockwise direction about the rotating shaft 24.

 図3に示す初期状態では、カム部51の下側の長辺511に対応する面(すなわち、下面)が、弾性部材4の可動部43の上面と面接触している。操作部5は、初期状態から回転軸24を中心として図3中における反時計回りに回転可能である。操作部5が初期状態から反時計回りに回転すると、カム部51のうち弾性部材4と接触する部位に、弾性部材4の復元力が作用する。以下の説明では、操作部5のうち弾性部材4の復元力が作用する部位を「第1部位513」と呼ぶ。また、操作部5のうち当該復元力に対する反力が生じる部位(すなわち、軸受け54)を「第2部位514」と呼ぶ。 In the initial state shown in FIG. 3, the surface (that is, the lower surface) corresponding to the long side 511 on the lower side of the cam portion 51 is in surface contact with the upper surface of the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4. The operation unit 5 can rotate counterclockwise in FIG. 3 around the rotation shaft 24 from the initial state. When the operating portion 5 rotates counterclockwise from the initial state, the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acts on the portion of the cam portion 51 that comes into contact with the elastic member 4. In the following description, the portion of the operating portion 5 on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acts is referred to as "first portion 513". Further, a portion of the operation unit 5 in which a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated (that is, the bearing 54) is referred to as a “second portion 514”.

 次に、接続機器1に対する電線の接続の流れについて説明する。以下では、図2中の右側の挿入穴21に電線を接続する際の様子について説明する。図2中の左側の挿入穴21に電線を接続する場合については、左右反対向きである点を除き、作業者の動作は略同様である。 Next, the flow of connecting the electric wire to the connecting device 1 will be described. Hereinafter, a state in which an electric wire is connected to the insertion hole 21 on the right side in FIG. 2 will be described. When the electric wire is connected to the insertion hole 21 on the left side in FIG. 2, the operation of the operator is substantially the same except that the directions are opposite to each other.

 まず、図1ないし図3に示す初期状態から、操作部5が、回転軸24を中心として図3中における反時計回りに回転される。操作部5が回転される際には、例えば、作業者が通常のマイナスドライバー等の工具の先端部を、操作部5の駆動部52の穴521に挿入し、当該工具を左向きに移動させる。あるいは、作業者が駆動部52の先端部を指で摘まんで左向きに移動させる。 First, from the initial state shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the operation unit 5 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 3 about the rotation shaft 24. When the operation unit 5 is rotated, for example, an operator inserts the tip of a tool such as a normal flat-blade screwdriver into the hole 521 of the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 and moves the tool to the left. Alternatively, the operator picks the tip of the drive unit 52 with his fingers and moves it to the left.

 図4は、操作部5を初期状態(図3参照)から反時計回りに約30°回転させた状態を示す図である。図4に示す状態は、操作部5の回転途上の状態であり、後述する結線状態および非結線状態ではない。図4に示す状態では、カム部51のうち回転軸24の左斜め下に位置する角部近傍の部位が、弾性部材4に接触する第1部位513である。第1部位513は、カム部51の回転に伴ってカム部51上において移動する。図3および図4に示すように、操作部5を反時計回りに回転させることにより、回転軸24の中心と第1部位513との間の最短距離が増大する。以下の説明では、回転軸24の中心と第1部位513との間の最短距離を、単に、回転軸24と第1部位513との間の距離ともいう。当該距離が増大し、操作部5から弾性部材4に下向きの力が付与されると、弾性部材4が撓んで変形する。具体的には、弾性部材4の可動部43が下方へと押し下げられ、端子部3から下方へと離間する。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a state in which the operation unit 5 is rotated counterclockwise by about 30 ° from the initial state (see FIG. 3). The state shown in FIG. 4 is a state in which the operation unit 5 is in the process of rotation, and is not a connected state or a non-connected state described later. In the state shown in FIG. 4, the portion of the cam portion 51 in the vicinity of the corner portion located diagonally lower to the left of the rotating shaft 24 is the first portion 513 that comes into contact with the elastic member 4. The first portion 513 moves on the cam portion 51 as the cam portion 51 rotates. As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, by rotating the operation unit 5 counterclockwise, the shortest distance between the center of the rotation shaft 24 and the first portion 513 is increased. In the following description, the shortest distance between the center of the rotating shaft 24 and the first portion 513 is simply referred to as the distance between the rotating shaft 24 and the first portion 513. When the distance increases and a downward force is applied from the operation unit 5 to the elastic member 4, the elastic member 4 bends and deforms. Specifically, the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 is pushed downward and separated from the terminal portion 3 downward.

 図4では、操作部5の第1部位513に作用する弾性部材4の復元力のベクトル(以下、「復元力ベクトル」とも呼ぶ。)を、符号81を付した太線の矢印にて示す。復元力ベクトル81の始点位置は、操作部5の第1部位513である。また、第1部位513と第2部位514とを結ぶ仮想的な直線である基準線82を、二点鎖線にて示す。第2部位514は、上述のように操作部5の軸受け54であり、詳細には、軸受け54のうち、第1部位513と回転軸24の中心とを結ぶ仮想的な直線との交点である。第2部位514も、第1部位513と同様に、カム部51の回転に伴って軸受け54上において移動する。図4では、基準線82は、第1部位513と回転軸24の中心とを結ぶ直線として示す。後出の図面においても同様である。 In FIG. 4, the vector of the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acting on the first portion 513 of the operation unit 5 (hereinafter, also referred to as “restoring force vector”) is shown by a thick line arrow with a reference numeral 81. The starting point position of the restoring force vector 81 is the first portion 513 of the operation unit 5. Further, the reference line 82, which is a virtual straight line connecting the first part 513 and the second part 514, is shown by a two-dot chain line. The second portion 514 is the bearing 54 of the operation unit 5 as described above, and more specifically, it is an intersection of the bearing 54 with a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513 and the center of the rotating shaft 24. .. The second portion 514 also moves on the bearing 54 with the rotation of the cam portion 51, similarly to the first portion 513. In FIG. 4, the reference line 82 is shown as a straight line connecting the first portion 513 and the center of the rotation axis 24. The same applies to the drawings described later.

 図4に示す状態では、復元力ベクトル81は、基準線82には重なっておらず、基準線82よりも左側に傾いた状態で上方に向かっている。したがって、弾性部材4の復元力により、カム部51に時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用している。すなわち、図4に示す状態では、作業者が操作部5に力を加え続けていないと、弾性部材4および操作部5は、図3に示す初期状態へと戻る。 In the state shown in FIG. 4, the restoring force vector 81 does not overlap the reference line 82 and is inclined upward from the reference line 82. Therefore, due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4, a rotational moment in the clockwise direction acts on the cam portion 51. That is, in the state shown in FIG. 4, if the operator does not continue to apply the force to the operation unit 5, the elastic member 4 and the operation unit 5 return to the initial state shown in FIG.

 実際の操作では、作業者は、操作部5を図4に示す状態で静止させることなく、図5ないし図7に示す状態(以下、「非結線状態」とも呼ぶ。)までさらに回転させる。図5および図6はそれぞれ、非結線状態の接続機器1の斜視図および縦断面図である。図7は、図6の右側の操作部5近傍を拡大して示す図である。 In the actual operation, the operator does not stop the operation unit 5 in the state shown in FIG. 4, but further rotates it to the state shown in FIGS. 5 to 7 (hereinafter, also referred to as “non-connected state”). 5 and 6 are perspective views and vertical sectional views of the connected device 1 in the non-connected state, respectively. FIG. 7 is an enlarged view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5 on the right side of FIG.

 図5ないし図7に示す非結線状態では、操作部5の駆動部52の上端部が、ケース2に接触する。これにより、操作部5がこれ以上反時計回りに回転しないように、操作部5の動きが制限される。非結線状態では、操作部5の電線受け部53が、端子部3の左右方向の内側の端部近傍から下方へと延びる。電線受け部53の下端部は、後述する電線の挿入経路上に位置する。また、非結線状態では、カム部51のうち回転軸24の下方に位置する角部近傍の部位が、弾性部材4の可動部43に接触する第1部位513である。弾性部材4の可動部43は、第1部位513におけるカム部51の略接線方向へと延びている。 In the non-wired state shown in FIGS. 5 to 7, the upper end of the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 comes into contact with the case 2. As a result, the movement of the operation unit 5 is restricted so that the operation unit 5 does not rotate counterclockwise any more. In the non-connected state, the wire receiving portion 53 of the operating portion 5 extends downward from the vicinity of the inner end portion in the left-right direction of the terminal portion 3. The lower end of the electric wire receiving portion 53 is located on the insertion path of the electric wire described later. Further, in the non-connected state, the portion of the cam portion 51 in the vicinity of the corner portion located below the rotating shaft 24 is the first portion 513 that comes into contact with the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4. The movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 extends in the substantially tangential direction of the cam portion 51 in the first portion 513.

 図7に示すように、図4に示す状態から操作部5をさらに反時計回りに回転させることにより、回転軸24と第1部位513との間の距離がさらに増大し、弾性部材4の撓みも大きくなる。具体的には、弾性部材4の可動部43がさらに下方へと押し下げられ、端子部3から下方へと大きく離間する。これにより、後述する電線の挿入経路が開放される。また、復元力ベクトル81と基準線82との成す角度は、操作部5の反時計回り方向への回転に従って小さくなり、復元力ベクトル81が基準線82に近づく。これにより、弾性部材4の復元力によりカム部51に作用する時計回り方向の回転モーメントが減少する。 As shown in FIG. 7, by further rotating the operation unit 5 counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 4, the distance between the rotation shaft 24 and the first portion 513 is further increased, and the elastic member 4 is bent. Will also grow. Specifically, the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 is further pushed downward, and is largely separated from the terminal portion 3 downward. As a result, the insertion path of the electric wire described later is opened. Further, the angle formed by the restoring force vector 81 and the reference line 82 becomes smaller as the operation unit 5 rotates in the counterclockwise direction, and the restoring force vector 81 approaches the reference line 82. As a result, the rotational moment in the clockwise direction acting on the cam portion 51 due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4 is reduced.

 図7に示す非結線状態では、復元力ベクトル81が基準線82に略重なり、弾性部材4の復元力と、操作部5に生じる当該復元力に対する反力とが釣り合う。このため、カム部51には、時計回り方向の回転モーメントも、反時計回り方向の回転モーメントも作用しない。したがって、作業者が操作部5から手を離しても(すなわち、作業者が操作部5に力を加えていない状態であっても)、操作部5の周方向の位置(すなわち、回転位置)は図7に示す状態で維持される。また、弾性部材4の状態も非結線状態で維持(すなわち、仮止め)される。図7に示す非結線状態は、弾性部材4が撓んだ状態で仮止めされた仮止め状態である。接続機器1では、操作部5は、弾性部材4の復元力が作用する第1部位513、および、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514をそれぞれ1つのみ備える。これにより、接続機器1の構造を簡素化することができる。 In the non-connecting state shown in FIG. 7, the restoring force vector 81 substantially overlaps with the reference line 82, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4 and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operation unit 5 are balanced. Therefore, neither the clockwise rotation moment nor the counterclockwise rotation moment acts on the cam portion 51. Therefore, even if the operator releases his / her hand from the operation unit 5 (that is, even when the operator does not apply force to the operation unit 5), the position in the circumferential direction of the operation unit 5 (that is, the rotation position). Is maintained in the state shown in FIG. Further, the state of the elastic member 4 is also maintained (that is, temporarily fixed) in a non-wired state. The non-connection state shown in FIG. 7 is a temporarily fixed state in which the elastic member 4 is temporarily fixed in a bent state. In the connecting device 1, the operation unit 5 includes only one first portion 513 on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acts and a second portion 514 on which a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1.

 図8は、操作部5の初期状態からの移動距離と、弾性部材4の復元力により操作部5に作用する回転モーメントとの関係を概念的に示す図である。図8中の横軸は、回転軸24を中心とする周方向における操作部5の初期状態からの移動距離を示し、図7中の反時計回り方向への移動距離を正とする。図8中の縦軸は、上述の回転モーメントを、図7中の時計回り方向へのモーメントを正として示す。図8中において符号85を付す点が、回転モーメントがおよそ0である非結線状態である。なお、実際に操作部5に作用する回転モーメントの変化は、図8中において直線で示す回転モーメントの変化と必ずしも同じである必要はない。 FIG. 8 is a diagram conceptually showing the relationship between the moving distance of the operating unit 5 from the initial state and the rotational moment acting on the operating unit 5 due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4. The horizontal axis in FIG. 8 indicates the moving distance from the initial state of the operation unit 5 in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis 24, and the moving distance in the counterclockwise direction in FIG. 7 is positive. The vertical axis in FIG. 8 indicates the above-mentioned rotational moment as a positive moment in the clockwise direction in FIG. 7. The point marked with reference numeral 85 in FIG. 8 is a non-connected state in which the rotational moment is approximately 0. The change in the rotational moment that actually acts on the operation unit 5 does not necessarily have to be the same as the change in the rotational moment shown by a straight line in FIG.

 接続機器1が非結線状態とされると、図9に示すように、電線91が挿入穴21に挿入される。図9では、右側の挿入穴21に電線91が挿入された状態を示す。電線91は、挿入穴21からケース2内へと所定の挿入方向に沿って挿入され、端子部3と非結線状態の弾性部材4との間に位置する。電線91のケース2に対する挿入方向は、上下方向および左右方向に対して傾斜する斜め方向である。これにより、電線91が接続機器1から上下方向に突出することを抑制することができるとともに、挿入穴21を視認しつつ電線91を容易に挿入穴21に挿入することができる。当該挿入方向と上下方向との成す角度は、接続機器1の使用が想定される場所や作業者の位置、目線等によって適宜最適化が可能である。 When the connected device 1 is in the non-connected state, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the insertion hole 21 as shown in FIG. FIG. 9 shows a state in which the electric wire 91 is inserted into the insertion hole 21 on the right side. The electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2 from the insertion hole 21 along a predetermined insertion direction, and is located between the terminal portion 3 and the elastic member 4 in a non-connected state. The insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2 is an oblique direction inclined with respect to the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. As a result, it is possible to prevent the electric wire 91 from protruding in the vertical direction from the connecting device 1, and it is possible to easily insert the electric wire 91 into the insertion hole 21 while visually recognizing the insertion hole 21. The angle formed by the insertion direction and the vertical direction can be appropriately optimized depending on the place where the connected device 1 is expected to be used, the position of the operator, the line of sight, and the like.

 電線91は、例えば単線であってもよく、比較的太いより線であってもよい。また、電線91は、比較的細いより線の先端部に棒状圧着端子等が設けられた電線であってもよい。当該棒状圧着端子は、棒状の導電部の根元に絶縁スリーブ等が設けられた絶縁被覆付圧着端子でもよく、絶縁スリーブ等が設けられていない裸圧着端子であってもよい。電線91の先端部の直径は、例えば、0.42mm以上であることが好ましい。電線91の先端部の直径は、現実的には、2.3mm以下である。電線91の先端部の直径は、電線91が接続される接続機器1の電流容量によって様々に変更されてよい。また、電線91の先端部以外の部位の直径も、様々に変更されてよい。 The electric wire 91 may be, for example, a single wire or a relatively thick stranded wire. Further, the electric wire 91 may be an electric wire provided with a rod-shaped crimp terminal or the like at the tip of a relatively thin stranded wire. The rod-shaped crimp terminal may be a crimp terminal with an insulating coating provided at the base of a rod-shaped conductive portion, or may be a bare crimp terminal not provided with an insulating sleeve or the like. The diameter of the tip of the electric wire 91 is preferably 0.42 mm or more, for example. The diameter of the tip of the electric wire 91 is practically 2.3 mm or less. The diameter of the tip of the electric wire 91 may be variously changed depending on the current capacity of the connecting device 1 to which the electric wire 91 is connected. Further, the diameter of the portion other than the tip end portion of the electric wire 91 may be changed in various ways.

 電線91の先端は、ケース2内において、操作部5の電線受け部53に直接的に接触する。図9に示す例では、電線受け部53の右側の側面が、電線91の先端と直接的に接触し、当該先端から周囲に広がる受け面531である。受け面531は、電線91の挿入方向において、非結線状態の弾性部材4よりも奥側に位置し、当該挿入方向に対して略垂直な方向に沿って広がる。なお、受け面531は、必ずしも当該挿入方向に垂直な面である必要はない。 The tip of the electric wire 91 directly contacts the electric wire receiving portion 53 of the operating portion 5 in the case 2. In the example shown in FIG. 9, the right side surface of the electric wire receiving portion 53 is a receiving surface 531 that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91 and extends from the tip to the periphery. The receiving surface 531 is located behind the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91, and spreads along a direction substantially perpendicular to the insertion direction. The receiving surface 531 does not necessarily have to be a surface perpendicular to the insertion direction.

 電線91は、先端を電線受け部53の受け面531に接触させた状態で、挿入方向の奥側へと移動される。これにより、電線91から操作部5に直接的に力が伝達される。そして、操作部5が回転軸24を中心として図9中の時計回りに少し回転する。換言すれば、回転軸24を中心とする周方向において、操作部5の位置(すなわち、回転位置)が変更される。第1部位513におけるカム部51の回転方向は、電線91の挿入方向の手前側から奥側へと向かう方向(すなわち、図9中の略左側へと向かう方向)である。 The electric wire 91 is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction with the tip of the electric wire 91 in contact with the receiving surface 531 of the electric wire receiving portion 53. As a result, the force is directly transmitted from the electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5. Then, the operation unit 5 rotates slightly clockwise in FIG. 9 around the rotation shaft 24. In other words, the position (that is, the rotation position) of the operation unit 5 is changed in the circumferential direction about the rotation axis 24. The rotation direction of the cam portion 51 in the first portion 513 is a direction from the front side to the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 (that is, a direction toward the substantially left side in FIG. 9).

 これにより、図10に示すように、復元力ベクトル81が基準線82から図10中の左側にずれ、弾性部材4の復元力により、カム部51に時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用する(図8の点86参照)。その結果、操作部5がさらに時計回りに回転するとともに、弾性部材4が非結線状態から復元する。 As a result, as shown in FIG. 10, the restoring force vector 81 shifts from the reference line 82 to the left side in FIG. 10, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4 causes a clockwise rotational moment to act on the cam portion 51 (FIG. 10). 8). As a result, the operation unit 5 further rotates clockwise, and the elastic member 4 is restored from the unconnected state.

 そして、図11ないし図13に示すように、弾性部材4は、電線91を端子部3との間に挟持する(すなわち、電線91を端子部3と共に挟持する)結線状態へと移行し、電線91と端子部3とが電気的かつ機械的に接続される。換言すれば、電線91が接続機器1に挿入された後、自動的に(すなわち、電線91以外の工具や指を利用した作業者による操作部5の操作無しで)結線される。作業者は、例えば、弾性部材4の可動部43により電線91が端子部3に押し付けられる際に生じる振動や音等により、結線状態への移行を認識してもよい。当該振動や音は、例えば、弾性部材4、電線91、端子部3、操作部5およびケース2のうち一の部材が他の部材と衝突することにより生じる。接続機器1では、当該振動や音等の発生を促進させ、あるいは、当該振動や音等を増幅する様々な構造が採用されてもよい。 Then, as shown in FIGS. 11 to 13, the elastic member 4 shifts to a connection state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3 (that is, the electric wire 91 is sandwiched together with the terminal portion 3), and the electric wire is transferred. The 91 and the terminal portion 3 are electrically and mechanically connected. In other words, after the electric wire 91 is inserted into the connecting device 1, the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5 by the operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger). The operator may recognize the transition to the connection state by, for example, vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3 by the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4. The vibration or sound is generated, for example, when one member of the elastic member 4, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3, the operation portion 5, and the case 2 collides with the other member. In the connected device 1, various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.

 図13に示すように、弾性部材4の可動部43の先端は、結線状態において電線91に直接的に接触する電線接触部45である。図13に二点鎖線にて示すように、弾性部材4が非結線状態から結線状態に移行する際における電線接触部45の移動経路は、非結線状態から結線状態への移行時における操作部5の移動領域と、厚さ方向に重ならない。また、接続機器1では、初期状態と非結線状態との移行時においても、電線接触部45の移動経路は操作部5の移動領域と厚さ方向に重ならない。これにより、電線接触部45が、操作部5のカム部51に食い込む等してカム部51の回転を阻害することを防止することができる。 As shown in FIG. 13, the tip of the movable portion 43 of the elastic member 4 is the electric wire contact portion 45 that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state. As shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 13, the movement path of the electric wire contact portion 45 when the elastic member 4 transitions from the non-connected state to the connected state is the operation unit 5 when transitioning from the non-connected state to the connected state. Does not overlap with the moving area of. Further, in the connected device 1, the moving path of the electric wire contact portion 45 does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5 in the thickness direction even at the time of transition between the initial state and the non-connected state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion 45 from biting into the cam portion 51 of the operation portion 5 and hindering the rotation of the cam portion 51.

 図12に示すように、結線状態における接続機器1では、操作部5の駆動部52がケース2から略鉛直上方に突出している。また、図6に示すように、非結線状態の接続機器1では、操作部5の駆動部52は、図12に示す状態よりも左右方向の内側に傾斜している。一方、図2に示すように、初期状態の接続機器1では、操作部5の駆動部52は、図12に示す状態よりも左右方向の外側に傾斜している。したがって、作業者は、操作部5の駆動部52が延びる方向(すなわち、駆動部52の向き)を視認することにより、接続機器1の弾性部材4の状態が初期状態、非結線状態および結線状態のいずれであるかを判別することができる。すなわち、操作部5の駆動部52は、弾性部材4の状態を示す視認可能な識別部である。 As shown in FIG. 12, in the connected device 1 in the connected state, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 projects substantially vertically upward from the case 2. Further, as shown in FIG. 6, in the connected device 1 in the non-connected state, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 is inclined inward in the left-right direction from the state shown in FIG. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 2, in the connected device 1 in the initial state, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 is inclined outward in the left-right direction from the state shown in FIG. Therefore, the operator visually recognizes the direction in which the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 extends (that is, the direction of the drive unit 52), so that the elastic member 4 of the connecting device 1 is in the initial state, the unconnected state, and the connected state. It is possible to determine which of the two. That is, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 is a visible identification unit that indicates the state of the elastic member 4.

 電線91を接続機器1から取り外す際には、例えば、作業者がマイナスドライバー等の工具の先端部を駆動部52の穴521に挿入し、操作部5を図12中の反時計回りに回転する。操作部5が図6に示す非結線状態まで回転すると、上述のように、復元力ベクトル81が基準線82と略重なり、弾性部材4は、電線91から下方へと離間した非結線状態にて維持される。これにより、弾性部材4および端子部3による電線91の挟持が解除される。作業者は、挿入穴21から電線91を引っ張り出すことで、電線91を接続機器1から容易に取り外すことができる。 When removing the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1, for example, an operator inserts the tip of a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver into the hole 521 of the drive unit 52, and rotates the operation unit 5 counterclockwise in FIG. .. When the operation unit 5 rotates to the unconnected state shown in FIG. 6, the restoring force vector 81 substantially overlaps with the reference line 82, and the elastic member 4 is in the unconnected state separated downward from the electric wire 91. Be maintained. As a result, the pinching of the electric wire 91 by the elastic member 4 and the terminal portion 3 is released. The operator can easily remove the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1 by pulling out the electric wire 91 from the insertion hole 21.

 以上に説明したように、電線91が接続される接続機器1は、ケース2と、導電性の端子部3と、弾性部材4と、操作部5と、を備える。端子部3は、ケース2に固定される。弾性部材4は、ケース2に取り付けられ、復元力により電線91を端子部3に押し付けて挟持する。操作部5は、弾性部材4に力を付与して初期状態から非結線状態へと撓ませて、非結線状態にて維持する。操作部5は、弾性部材4の復元力が作用する第1部位513と、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514と、を備える。当該復元力のベクトルを復元力ベクトル81とし、第1部位513と第2部位514とを結ぶ直線を基準線82とする。 As described above, the connecting device 1 to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2, a conductive terminal portion 3, an elastic member 4, and an operating portion 5. The terminal portion 3 is fixed to the case 2. The elastic member 4 is attached to the case 2, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3 by a restoring force to hold the electric wire 91. The operation unit 5 applies a force to the elastic member 4 to bend it from the initial state to the non-wired state, and maintains the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state. The operation unit 5 includes a first portion 513 on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4 acts, and a second portion 514 on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. The restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81, and the straight line connecting the first portion 513 and the second portion 514 is defined as the reference line 82.

 弾性部材4が非結線状態であるとき、復元力ベクトル81が基準線82と略重なって上記復元力と上記反力とが釣り合うことにより、操作部5の位置が維持されて弾性部材4の状態が非結線状態にて維持される。また、端子部3と非結線状態の弾性部材4との間に電線91が挿入された状態で、操作部5の位置が変更されて復元力ベクトル81が基準線82からずれることにより、上記復元力により弾性部材4が非結線状態から復元し、電線91を端子部3との間に挟持する結線状態へと移行する。 When the elastic member 4 is in the non-connection state, the restoring force vector 81 substantially overlaps with the reference line 82 and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operation unit 5 is maintained and the elastic member 4 is in a state. Is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3 and the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5 is changed and the restoring force vector 81 deviates from the reference line 82, whereby the above restoration is performed. The elastic member 4 is restored from the non-connected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3.

 接続機器1を上記構造とすることにより、操作部5を非結線状態にて係止するための段差部や、操作部5の当該係止を解除するための状態解除部等の他の構造を設ける必要がなくなるため、接続機器1の構造を簡素化することができる。また、操作部5をケース2の段差部等に係止する場合と異なり、当該段差部の摩耗等による係止不具合等を防止し、接続機器1の長寿命化を実現することができる。 By adopting the above-mentioned structure for the connected device 1, other structures such as a step portion for locking the operation unit 5 in a non-connected state and a state release portion for releasing the lock of the operation unit 5 can be provided. Since it is not necessary to provide it, the structure of the connected device 1 can be simplified. Further, unlike the case where the operation unit 5 is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1.

 なお、接続機器1では、上述のように、非結線状態において復元力ベクトル81は基準線82とおよそ重なっていればよく、厳密に一致する必要はない(接続機器1a~1dにおいても同様)。例えば、図7に示す復元力ベクトル81が、基準線82よりも僅かに左側に傾いている場合(すなわち、カム部51に作用する回転モーメントが、図8に示す点85よりも僅かに点86側に移動した状態)であっても、カム部51と弾性部材4との間に生じる摩擦力等により非結線状態が維持されていればよい。この場合であっても、上述のように、接続機器1の構造を簡素化することができる。 In the connected device 1, as described above, the restoring force vector 81 only needs to substantially overlap the reference line 82 in the non-connected state, and does not need to be exactly the same (the same applies to the connected devices 1a to 1d). For example, when the restoring force vector 81 shown in FIG. 7 is slightly tilted to the left of the reference line 82 (that is, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51 is slightly more than the point 85 shown in FIG. 8). Even in the state of being moved to the side), it is sufficient that the non-connection state is maintained by the frictional force generated between the cam portion 51 and the elastic member 4. Even in this case, as described above, the structure of the connected device 1 can be simplified.

 上述のように、操作部5は、回転軸24を中心として回転するカム部51を備えることが好ましい。カム部51は、第1部位513にて弾性部材4に接触するとともに、第2部位514である軸受け54にて回転軸24と接触する。そして、弾性部材4の非結線状態への移行時には、カム部51が回転することにより、第1部位513と回転軸24との間の距離が増大して弾性部材4が撓み、復元力ベクトル81が基準線82と略重なることにより、操作部5の回転位置が維持されて弾性部材4の状態が非結線状態にて維持される。これにより、弾性部材4の非結線状態への移行および非結線状態での維持を、簡素な構造で実現することができる。 As described above, it is preferable that the operation unit 5 includes a cam unit 51 that rotates about the rotation shaft 24. The cam portion 51 comes into contact with the elastic member 4 at the first portion 513 and with the rotating shaft 24 at the bearing 54 which is the second portion 514. Then, at the time of transition to the non-connected state of the elastic member 4, the rotation of the cam portion 51 increases the distance between the first portion 513 and the rotation shaft 24, causes the elastic member 4 to bend, and the restoring force vector 81. Is substantially overlapped with the reference line 82, so that the rotational position of the operation unit 5 is maintained and the state of the elastic member 4 is maintained in the non-connected state. As a result, it is possible to realize the transition of the elastic member 4 to the non-connected state and the maintenance in the non-connected state with a simple structure.

 上述のように、電線91を結線する際に、挿入された電線91は、操作部5に直接的に接触して操作部5の位置を変更することが好ましい。これにより、電線91を押し込む力が操作部5に伝わりやすいため、電線91の挿入等の操作のみで電線91が結線される自動結線を容易に実現することができる。また、弾性部材4に電線91と接触する部位を設ける必要が無いため、弾性部材4の形状を簡素化することができる。 As described above, when connecting the electric wire 91, it is preferable that the inserted electric wire 91 directly contacts the operation unit 5 to change the position of the operation unit 5. As a result, the force for pushing the electric wire 91 is easily transmitted to the operation unit 5, so that automatic wiring in which the electric wire 91 is connected can be easily realized only by an operation such as inserting the electric wire 91. Further, since it is not necessary to provide the elastic member 4 with a portion in contact with the electric wire 91, the shape of the elastic member 4 can be simplified.

 上述のように、操作部5は、電線91の先端と直接的に接触する電線受け部53を備えることが好ましい。また、電線受け部53は、電線91の当該先端から周囲に広がる受け面531を備えることが好ましい。これにより、電線91を押し込む力を操作部5に効率良く伝達することができる。 As described above, it is preferable that the operation unit 5 includes an electric wire receiving unit 53 that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91. Further, it is preferable that the electric wire receiving portion 53 includes a receiving surface 531 extending from the tip of the electric wire 91 to the periphery. As a result, the force for pushing the electric wire 91 can be efficiently transmitted to the operation unit 5.

 上述のように、弾性部材4は、結線状態で電線91に直接的に接触する電線接触部45を備え、少なくとも弾性部材4が非結線状態から結線状態に移行する際に、電線接触部45の移動経路は操作部5の移動領域と重ならないことが好ましい。これにより、弾性部材4の電線接触部45が操作部5に接触して操作部5の動きを阻害することを防止することができる。 As described above, the elastic member 4 includes the electric wire contact portion 45 that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state, and at least when the elastic member 4 shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state, the electric wire contact portion 45 It is preferable that the movement path does not overlap with the movement area of the operation unit 5. This makes it possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion 45 of the elastic member 4 from coming into contact with the operation portion 5 and hindering the movement of the operation portion 5.

 上述のように、操作部5の一部(例えば、駆動部52)はケース2から突出していることが好ましい。これにより、作業者が操作部5を容易に操作することができる。また、作業者は、マイナスドライバー等の工具を用いず、指で操作部5を操作することもできる。 As described above, it is preferable that a part of the operation unit 5 (for example, the drive unit 52) protrudes from the case 2. As a result, the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5. Further, the operator can also operate the operation unit 5 with his / her finger without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver.

 上述のように、接続機器1では、弾性部材4の状態を示す視認可能な識別部(上記例では、操作部5の駆動部52)が設けられることが好ましい。これにより、弾性部材4の状態を容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。 As described above, it is preferable that the connecting device 1 is provided with a visible identification unit (in the above example, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5) that indicates the state of the elastic member 4. Thereby, the state of the elastic member 4 can be easily and quickly recognized.

 上述のように、弾性部材4は板バネであることが好ましい。これにより、接続機器1の構造をさらに簡素化することができる。 As described above, the elastic member 4 is preferably a leaf spring. Thereby, the structure of the connected device 1 can be further simplified.

 上述のように、接続機器1では、電線91が挿入される前に、復元力ベクトル81が基準線82と略重なった非結線状態(すなわち、カム部51に作用する回転モーメントが約0である状態)で、弾性部材4の形状および操作部5の位置が維持されるが、例えば、図14に示すように、非結線状態における弾性部材4をさらに撓ませた状態においても、操作部5の位置が維持されてもよい。 As described above, in the connecting device 1, the unconnected state (that is, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51) in which the restoring force vector 81 substantially overlaps with the reference line 82 before the electric wire 91 is inserted is about 0. In the state), the shape of the elastic member 4 and the position of the operation unit 5 are maintained, but for example, as shown in FIG. 14, even when the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state is further bent, the operation unit 5 The position may be maintained.

 図14に示す状態では、復元力ベクトル81は、基準線82よりも僅かに右側に傾いている。したがって、カム部51に作用する回転モーメントは反時計回り方向(すなわち、マイナス)となり、操作部5の初期状態からの移動距離と、操作部5に作用する回転モーメントとの関係は、図15に示すように、結線状態の点86および非結線状態の点85よりも右下に位置する点87に示すものとなる。すなわち、弾性部材4からカム部51に対して、操作部5を反時計回りに回転させようとする力は働くが、操作部5を時計回りに回転させて結線状態および初期状態へと戻す方向の力は働かない。なお、図14に示す例では、操作部5の駆動部52の上端部がケース2に接触することにより、操作部5の反時計回り方向への更なる回転が制限される。 In the state shown in FIG. 14, the restoring force vector 81 is slightly tilted to the right of the reference line 82. Therefore, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51 is in the counterclockwise direction (that is, minus), and the relationship between the moving distance of the operating unit 5 from the initial state and the rotational moment acting on the operating unit 5 is shown in FIG. As shown, it is shown at the point 87 located at the lower right side of the point 86 in the connected state and the point 85 in the unconnected state. That is, a force for rotating the operation unit 5 counterclockwise acts on the cam portion 51 from the elastic member 4, but the operation unit 5 is rotated clockwise to return to the connection state and the initial state. Power does not work. In the example shown in FIG. 14, the upper end of the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 comes into contact with the case 2, which limits further rotation of the operation unit 5 in the counterclockwise direction.

 図14に示す接続機器1では、上述のように、非結線状態における弾性部材4をさらに撓ませた状態においても、操作部5の位置が維持される。また、弾性部材4の復元力によりカム部51に作用する回転モーメントは、操作部5を結線状態および初期状態へと戻す向きとは反対向きである。これにより、端子部3から離間した状態における弾性部材4の形状をさらに安定的に維持することができる。 In the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. 14, as described above, the position of the operating unit 5 is maintained even when the elastic member 4 in the non-connected state is further bent. Further, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51 due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4 is opposite to the direction in which the operation portion 5 is returned to the connection state and the initial state. As a result, the shape of the elastic member 4 in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3 can be maintained more stably.

 次に、本発明の第2の実施の形態にかかる接続機器1aについて説明する。図16は、接続機器1aの操作部5a近傍を拡大して示す縦断面図である。図16では、初期状態の接続機器1aを示す。 Next, the connecting device 1a according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 16 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5a of the connected device 1a. FIG. 16 shows the connected device 1a in the initial state.

 接続機器1aは、ケース2aと、端子部3aと、弾性部材4aと、操作部5aとを備える。接続機器1aでは、ケース2a、端子部3a、弾性部材4aおよび操作部5aの形状、並びに、弾性部材4aおよび操作部5aの動きは、図1に示す接続機器1と異なるが、材質および機能等は同じである。また、接続機器1aは、接続機器1と同様に、2セット以上の端子部3a、弾性部材4aおよび操作部5aをケース2a内に備えていてもよい。 The connection device 1a includes a case 2a, a terminal portion 3a, an elastic member 4a, and an operation portion 5a. In the connecting device 1a, the shapes of the case 2a, the terminal portion 3a, the elastic member 4a and the operating portion 5a, and the movements of the elastic member 4a and the operating portion 5a are different from those of the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. Is the same. Further, the connecting device 1a may include two or more sets of terminal portions 3a, elastic members 4a, and operating portions 5a in the case 2a, similarly to the connecting device 1.

 端子部3aは、ケース2aに固定された導電性の略板状の部材である。端子部3aは、例えば金属製である。弾性部材4aは、ケース2aに取り付けられた弾性変形可能な部材である。弾性部材4aは、例えば、略帯状の板バネである。弾性部材4aは、金属等の導電材料により形成されてもよく、樹脂等の絶縁材料により形成されてもよい。弾性部材4aは、長手方向の中央部にて略L字状、略V字状または略U字状に折り曲げられた形状を有する。 The terminal portion 3a is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2a. The terminal portion 3a is made of metal, for example. The elastic member 4a is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2a. The elastic member 4a is, for example, a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring. The elastic member 4a may be formed of a conductive material such as metal, or may be formed of an insulating material such as resin. The elastic member 4a has a shape bent in a substantially L-shape, a substantially V-shape, or a substantially U-shape at the central portion in the longitudinal direction.

 弾性部材4aは、上述の弾性部材4と同様に、屈曲部41aと、固定部42aと、可動部43aとを備える。可動部43aの先端部(すなわち、図16中の左端部)は、端子部3aの左右方向の略中央部に下側から接触している。これにより、後述する電線の挿入経路が、挿入穴21aの内側において閉鎖されている。また、可動部43aは、操作部5aに下側から接触している。可動部43aは、後述するように、操作部5aにより下方へと押されることにより、弾性変形して下向きに撓み、端子部3aから下方へと離間する。また、可動部43aに対する下向きの押圧力がなくなると、可動部43aは復元力により元の状態に戻る(すなわち、弾性復帰する)。 The elastic member 4a includes a bent portion 41a, a fixed portion 42a, and a movable portion 43a, similarly to the elastic member 4 described above. The tip end portion (that is, the left end portion in FIG. 16) of the movable portion 43a is in contact with the substantially central portion of the terminal portion 3a in the left-right direction from below. As a result, the insertion path of the electric wire described later is closed inside the insertion hole 21a. Further, the movable portion 43a is in contact with the operation portion 5a from below. As will be described later, the movable portion 43a is elastically deformed and flexed downward by being pushed downward by the operating portion 5a, and is separated downward from the terminal portion 3a. Further, when the downward pressing force on the movable portion 43a disappears, the movable portion 43a returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.

 操作部5aは、カム部51aと、駆動部52aと、識別部55aとを備える。カム部51aは、正面視において下端部に1つの頂点が位置する略三角形の板状部であり、ケース2aの内部(すなわち、ケース2aの外縁よりも内側)に配置される。カム部51aは、弾性部材4aの可動部43aに上側から接触している。カム部51aの上部には厚さ方向に延びる貫通孔が設けられ、当該貫通孔に軸受け54aが設けられる。軸受け54aは、ケース2aに設けられた厚さ方向に延びる略円柱状の回転軸24aに嵌合される。カム部51aは、回転軸24aを中心として、厚さ方向に略垂直な面内において回転可能にケース2aにより支持される。カム部51aでは、回転軸24aの中心からカム部51aの下端部の上記頂点へと延びる直線上において、回転軸24aの中心とカム部51aの外縁との間の距離が最大になる。カム部51aの下部は、厚さ方向において端子部3aと重なり、図16中において端子部3aの奥側に位置する。 The operation unit 5a includes a cam unit 51a, a drive unit 52a, and an identification unit 55a. The cam portion 51a is a substantially triangular plate-shaped portion in which one apex is located at the lower end portion in the front view, and is arranged inside the case 2a (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2a). The cam portion 51a is in contact with the movable portion 43a of the elastic member 4a from above. A through hole extending in the thickness direction is provided in the upper portion of the cam portion 51a, and a bearing 54a is provided in the through hole. The bearing 54a is fitted to a substantially cylindrical rotating shaft 24a provided in the case 2a and extending in the thickness direction. The cam portion 51a is rotatably supported by the case 2a in a plane substantially perpendicular to the thickness direction about the rotation shaft 24a. In the cam portion 51a, the distance between the center of the rotating shaft 24a and the outer edge of the cam portion 51a is maximized on a straight line extending from the center of the rotating shaft 24a to the apex of the lower end portion of the cam portion 51a. The lower portion of the cam portion 51a overlaps with the terminal portion 3a in the thickness direction and is located on the inner side of the terminal portion 3a in FIG.

 駆動部52aは、カム部51aの右側部から右方へと延びる部位であり、正面視において略矩形の板状部である。図16に示す初期状態では、駆動部52aの右端部(すなわち、カム部51aから遠い側の端部)は、ケース2aの上部に設けられた貫通孔231aの内部に位置している。駆動部52aの右端部の上面は、初期状態において、ケース2aの貫通孔231aの周囲の上面と上下方向の略同じ位置に位置する。 The drive unit 52a is a portion extending to the right from the right side portion of the cam portion 51a, and is a substantially rectangular plate-shaped portion in front view. In the initial state shown in FIG. 16, the right end portion of the drive portion 52a (that is, the end portion on the side far from the cam portion 51a) is located inside the through hole 231a provided in the upper part of the case 2a. In the initial state, the upper surface of the right end portion of the drive unit 52a is located at substantially the same position in the vertical direction as the upper surface around the through hole 231a of the case 2a.

 駆動部52aの右端部の上部には、貫通孔231aと上下方向において重なる位置に凹部521aが設けられる。初期状態では、凹部521aは貫通孔231aの内部に位置する。駆動部52aの右端部の下部には、下方へと突出する凸部522aが設けられる。凸部522aは、後述する電線の挿入経路に向かって突出している。 A recess 521a is provided at a position overlapping the through hole 231a in the vertical direction at the upper part of the right end portion of the drive unit 52a. In the initial state, the recess 521a is located inside the through hole 231a. At the lower part of the right end portion of the drive portion 52a, a convex portion 522a projecting downward is provided. The convex portion 522a protrudes toward the insertion path of the electric wire described later.

 識別部55aは、は、カム部51aの左側部の上部から左斜め上方へと延びる略矩形柱状の部位である。識別部55aは、ケース2aの上部に設けられた貫通孔232aの下方に位置している。貫通孔232aは、上述の貫通孔231aから左方に離間している。初期状態では、識別部55aの全体が、貫通孔232aよりも下方にてケース2の内部に位置している。 The identification portion 55a is a substantially rectangular columnar portion extending diagonally upward to the left from the upper part of the left side portion of the cam portion 51a. The identification portion 55a is located below the through hole 232a provided in the upper part of the case 2a. The through hole 232a is separated to the left from the above-mentioned through hole 231a. In the initial state, the entire identification portion 55a is located inside the case 2 below the through hole 232a.

 次に、接続機器1aに対する電線の接続の流れについて説明する。まず、図16に示す初期状態において、作業者は、通常のマイナスドライバー等の工具92の先端部を、操作部5aの駆動部52aの凹部521aに上側から挿入し、工具92を下向きに押し込む。これにより、操作部5aが、回転軸24aを中心として図16中における時計回りに回転される。 Next, the flow of connecting the electric wire to the connecting device 1a will be described. First, in the initial state shown in FIG. 16, the operator inserts the tip of a tool 92 such as a normal flat-blade screwdriver into the recess 521a of the drive unit 52a of the operation unit 5a from above, and pushes the tool 92 downward. As a result, the operation unit 5a is rotated clockwise in FIG. 16 about the rotation shaft 24a.

 操作部5aが回転すると、図17に示すように、カム部51aと弾性部材4aとの接触部と、回転軸24aの中心との間の距離が増大し、弾性部材4aの可動部43aがカム部51aにより下方へと押し下げられて端子部3aから離間する。 When the operating portion 5a rotates, as shown in FIG. 17, the distance between the contact portion between the cam portion 51a and the elastic member 4a and the center of the rotating shaft 24a increases, and the movable portion 43a of the elastic member 4a cams. It is pushed downward by the portion 51a and separated from the terminal portion 3a.

 図17に示すように、回転途上の操作部5aでは、第1部位513aに作用する弾性部材4aの復元力ベクトル81aが、第1部位513aと第2部位514aとを結ぶ仮想的な直線である基準線82aから右側にずれている。このため、カム部51aには、反時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用しており、作業者が操作部5aを下方に押し込み続けていないと、弾性部材4aおよび操作部5aは、図16に示す初期状態へと戻る。なお、第1部位513aは、操作部5aのうち弾性部材4aの復元力が作用する部位であり、具体的には、カム部51aの下端部のうち弾性部材4aと接触する部位である。また、第2部位514aは、操作部5aのうち当該復元力に対する反力が生じる部位であり、具体的には、軸受け54aのうち、第1部位513aと回転軸24aの中心とを結ぶ仮想的な直線との交点である。 As shown in FIG. 17, in the rotating operation unit 5a, the restoring force vector 81a of the elastic member 4a acting on the first portion 513a is a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513a and the second portion 514a. It deviates to the right from the reference line 82a. Therefore, a rotational moment in the counterclockwise direction acts on the cam portion 51a, and the elastic member 4a and the operation portion 5a are shown in FIG. 16 unless the operator keeps pushing the operation portion 5a downward. Return to the initial state. The first portion 513a is a portion of the operation portion 5a on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4a acts, and specifically, a portion of the lower end portion of the cam portion 51a that comes into contact with the elastic member 4a. Further, the second portion 514a is a portion of the operation portion 5a where a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated. Specifically, of the bearing 54a, a virtual portion connecting the first portion 513a and the center of the rotation shaft 24a is provided. It is an intersection with a straight line.

 作業者は、図18に示す非結線状態まで、操作部5aを弾性部材4aの復元力に抗して押し込む。当該非結線状態では、第1部位513aに作用する弾性部材4aの復元力ベクトル81aが、第1部位513aと第2部位514aとを結ぶ基準線82aに略重なる。これにより、弾性部材4aの復元力と、操作部5aに生じる当該復元力に対する反力とが釣り合う。 The operator pushes the operation unit 5a against the restoring force of the elastic member 4a until the unconnected state shown in FIG. In the non-connected state, the restoring force vector 81a of the elastic member 4a acting on the first portion 513a substantially overlaps with the reference line 82a connecting the first portion 513a and the second portion 514a. As a result, the restoring force of the elastic member 4a and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5a are balanced.

 このため、カム部51aには、上述の反時計回り方向の回転モーメントも、時計回り方向の回転モーメントも作用しない。したがって、作業者が工具92をケース2aの貫通孔231aから引き抜いても(すなわち、作業者が操作部5aに力を加えていない状態であっても)、操作部5aの周方向の位置(すなわち、回転位置)は図18に示す非結線状態で安定的に維持される。また、弾性部材4aの状態も非結線状態で安定的に維持(すなわち、仮止め)される。図18に示す非結線状態は、弾性部材4aが撓んだ状態で仮止めされた仮止め状態である。このとき、操作部5aの凸部522aは、後述する電線の挿入経路の上方に位置する。接続機器1aでは、操作部5aは、弾性部材4aの復元力が作用する第1部位513a、および、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514aをそれぞれ1つのみ備える。これにより、接続機器1aの構造を簡素化することができる。 Therefore, neither the counterclockwise rotation moment nor the clockwise rotation moment acts on the cam portion 51a. Therefore, even if the operator pulls out the tool 92 from the through hole 231a of the case 2a (that is, even when the operator does not apply force to the operation unit 5a), the position of the operation unit 5a in the circumferential direction (that is, that is). , Rotational position) is stably maintained in the non-connected state shown in FIG. Further, the state of the elastic member 4a is also stably maintained (that is, temporarily fixed) in a non-wired state. The non-connection state shown in FIG. 18 is a temporary fixing state in which the elastic member 4a is temporarily fixed in a bent state. At this time, the convex portion 522a of the operation portion 5a is located above the insertion path of the electric wire described later. In the connecting device 1a, the operation unit 5a includes only one first portion 513a on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4a acts and a second portion 514a on which the reaction force against the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1a.

 当該非結線状態では、識別部55aの上端部はケース2aの貫通孔232aから上方へと突出する。また、操作部5aの一部(図18に示す例では、凸部522aの左側の部位)が、ケース2aに設けられた突起部であるストッパ28aに接触することにより、操作部5aがこれ以上時計回り方向に回転しないように、操作部5aの動きが制限される。また、作業者は、識別部55aがケース2aから突出していることを視認することにより、接続機器1aが非結線状態であると容易に判断することができる。 In the non-connected state, the upper end portion of the identification portion 55a protrudes upward from the through hole 232a of the case 2a. Further, a part of the operation portion 5a (in the example shown in FIG. 18, the portion on the left side of the convex portion 522a) comes into contact with the stopper 28a which is a protrusion provided on the case 2a, so that the operation portion 5a is further increased. The movement of the operation unit 5a is restricted so as not to rotate in the clockwise direction. Further, the operator can easily determine that the connected device 1a is in the non-connected state by visually recognizing that the identification unit 55a protrudes from the case 2a.

 なお、接続機器1aでは、図14に示す接続機器1と略同様に、操作部5aが図18に示す回転位置よりもさらに時計回り方向に回転し、弾性部材4aがさらに撓んだ状態で操作部5aの位置が維持されてもよい。当該構造は、例えば、図18中のカム部51aの下端を、図中の第1部位513aから右方へと広がる略水平面とし、ストッパ28aの上面位置を下方に移動することにより実現される。この場合、復元力ベクトル81aは、基準線82aよりも僅かに左側に傾き、カム部51aに作用する回転モーメントは時計回り方向となる。すなわち、弾性部材4aからカム部51aに対して、操作部5aを時計回りに回転させようとする力が働く。ただし、操作部5aの時計回り方向への回転は、操作部5aがストッパ28aに接触することにより制限される。また、弾性部材4aからカム部51aに対して、操作部5aを反時計回りに回転させて初期状態へと戻す方向の力は働かない。したがって、操作部5aの位置(すなわち、回転位置)が安定的に維持され、端子部3aから離間した状態における弾性部材4aの形状を安定的に維持することができる。 In the connecting device 1a, the operation unit 5a is further rotated clockwise from the rotation position shown in FIG. 18 and the elastic member 4a is further bent in the operation in substantially the same manner as the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. The position of the portion 5a may be maintained. The structure is realized, for example, by making the lower end of the cam portion 51a in FIG. 18 a substantially horizontal plane extending to the right from the first portion 513a in the figure, and moving the upper surface position of the stopper 28a downward. In this case, the restoring force vector 81a is slightly tilted to the left of the reference line 82a, and the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51a is in the clockwise direction. That is, a force that tends to rotate the operation portion 5a clockwise acts on the cam portion 51a from the elastic member 4a. However, the rotation of the operation unit 5a in the clockwise direction is limited by the contact of the operation unit 5a with the stopper 28a. Further, no force acts on the cam portion 51a from the elastic member 4a in the direction of rotating the operation portion 5a counterclockwise to return to the initial state. Therefore, the position of the operation portion 5a (that is, the rotation position) is stably maintained, and the shape of the elastic member 4a in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3a can be stably maintained.

 接続機器1aが非結線状態とされると、図19に示すように、電線91が、ケース2aの挿入穴21aからケース2a内へと所定の挿入方向に沿って挿入され、端子部3aと非結線状態の弾性部材4aとの間に位置する。電線91のケース2aに対する挿入方向は、上下方向および左右方向に対して傾斜する斜め方向である。電線91の種類および直径等は、上記と同様である。図19に示す例では、電線91がこれ以上挿入されないように、電線91の先端はケース2aの一部に接触している。また、操作部5aの駆動部52aの凸部522aが、電線91に上側から接触している。なお、図19に示す例では、操作部5aの凸部522aは、電線91の被覆部に接触しているが、電線91の導電部や棒状圧着端子に接触してもよい。また凸部522aは、電線91と接触することなく、電線91の少し上方に位置していてもよい。 When the connected device 1a is in the non-connected state, as shown in FIG. 19, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2a from the insertion hole 21a of the case 2a along a predetermined insertion direction, and is not connected to the terminal portion 3a. It is located between the elastic member 4a in the connected state. The insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2a is an oblique direction inclined with respect to the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. The type and diameter of the electric wire 91 are the same as described above. In the example shown in FIG. 19, the tip of the electric wire 91 is in contact with a part of the case 2a so that the electric wire 91 is not inserted any more. Further, the convex portion 522a of the drive portion 52a of the operation portion 5a is in contact with the electric wire 91 from above. In the example shown in FIG. 19, the convex portion 522a of the operation portion 5a is in contact with the covering portion of the electric wire 91, but may be in contact with the conductive portion of the electric wire 91 or the rod-shaped crimp terminal. Further, the convex portion 522a may be located slightly above the electric wire 91 without coming into contact with the electric wire 91.

 続いて、図20に示すように、作業者により、電線91が二点鎖線にて示す位置から僅かに上方へと移動される。作業者は、例えば、電線91の先端をケース2aに押し当てて、当該先端を支点にして電線91を上方にこじる。これにより、電線91から操作部5aの凸部522aに直接的に力が伝達される。そして、操作部5aが回転軸24aを中心として図20中の反時計回りに少し回転する。換言すれば、回転軸24aを中心とする周方向において、操作部5aの位置(すなわち、回転位置)が変更される。 Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 20, the electric wire 91 is slightly moved upward from the position indicated by the alternate long and short dash line by the operator. For example, the operator presses the tip of the electric wire 91 against the case 2a and twists the electric wire 91 upward with the tip as a fulcrum. As a result, the force is directly transmitted from the electric wire 91 to the convex portion 522a of the operation portion 5a. Then, the operation unit 5a rotates slightly counterclockwise in FIG. 20 about the rotation shaft 24a. In other words, the position (that is, the rotation position) of the operation unit 5a is changed in the circumferential direction about the rotation shaft 24a.

 これにより、復元力ベクトル81aが基準線82aから図20中の右側にずれ、弾性部材4aの復元力により、カム部51aに反時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用する。その結果、操作部5aがさらに反時計回りに回転するとともに、弾性部材4aが非結線状態から復元する。 As a result, the restoring force vector 81a shifts from the reference line 82a to the right side in FIG. 20, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4a causes a rotational moment in the counterclockwise direction to act on the cam portion 51a. As a result, the operation unit 5a further rotates counterclockwise, and the elastic member 4a is restored from the unconnected state.

 そして、図21に示すように、弾性部材4aは、電線91を端子部3aとの間に挟持する結線状態へと移行し、電線91と端子部3aとが電気的かつ機械的に接続される。換言すれば、電線91が接続機器1aに挿入された後、自動的に(すなわち、電線91以外の工具や指を利用した作業者による操作部5aの操作無しで)結線される。作業者は、例えば、弾性部材4aの可動部43aにより電線91が端子部3aに押し付けられる際に生じる振動や音等により、結線状態への移行を認識してもよい。当該振動や音は、例えば、弾性部材4a、電線91、端子部3a、操作部5aおよびケース2aのうち一の部材が他の部材と衝突することにより生じる。接続機器1aでは、当該振動や音等の発生を促進させ、あるいは、当該振動や音等を増幅する様々な構造が採用されてもよい。 Then, as shown in FIG. 21, the elastic member 4a shifts to a wiring state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3a, and the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3a are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. .. In other words, after the electric wire 91 is inserted into the connecting device 1a, the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5a by the operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger). The operator may recognize, for example, the transition to the connection state by vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3a by the movable portion 43a of the elastic member 4a. The vibration or sound is generated when, for example, one member of the elastic member 4a, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3a, the operation portion 5a, and the case 2a collides with the other member. In the connected device 1a, various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.

 結線状態における接続機器1aでは、操作部5aの識別部55aは、非結線状態と異なり、ケース2a内に収容され、ケース2aの貫通孔232aから突出していない。したがって、作業者は、識別部55aがケース2a内に収容されていることを視認することにより、接続機器1aが非結線状態から結線状態に移行したことを容易に認識することができる。 In the connected device 1a in the connected state, the identification unit 55a of the operating unit 5a is housed in the case 2a and does not protrude from the through hole 232a of the case 2a, unlike the non-connected state. Therefore, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1a has changed from the non-connected state to the connected state by visually recognizing that the identification unit 55a is housed in the case 2a.

 電線91を接続機器1aから取り外す際には、例えば、作業者がマイナスドライバー等の工具の先端部をケース2aの貫通孔231aに挿入し、操作部5aの駆動部52aを下方へと押し下げる。これにより、操作部5aが図21中の時計回りに回転する。操作部5aが図19に示す非結線状態まで回転すると、上述のように、復元力ベクトル81a(図18参照)が基準線82aと略重なり、弾性部材4aは、電線91から下方へと離間した非結線状態にて維持される。これにより、弾性部材4aおよび端子部3aによる電線91の挟持が解除される。作業者は、挿入穴21aから電線91を引っ張り出すことで、電線91を接続機器1aから容易に取り外すことができる。 When removing the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1a, for example, an operator inserts the tip of a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver into the through hole 231a of the case 2a and pushes down the driving unit 52a of the operating unit 5a. As a result, the operation unit 5a rotates clockwise in FIG. 21. When the operation unit 5a rotates to the non-connection state shown in FIG. 19, the restoring force vector 81a (see FIG. 18) substantially overlaps with the reference line 82a, and the elastic member 4a is separated downward from the electric wire 91. It is maintained in a non-connected state. As a result, the pinching of the electric wire 91 by the elastic member 4a and the terminal portion 3a is released. The operator can easily remove the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1a by pulling out the electric wire 91 from the insertion hole 21a.

 以上に説明したように、電線91が接続される接続機器1aは、ケース2aと、導電性の端子部3aと、弾性部材4aと、操作部5aと、を備える。端子部3aは、ケース2aに固定される。弾性部材4aは、ケース2aに取り付けられ、復元力により電線91を端子部3aに押し付けて挟持する。操作部5aは、弾性部材4aに力を付与して初期状態から非結線状態へと撓ませて、非結線状態にて維持する。操作部5aは、弾性部材4aの復元力が作用する第1部位513aと、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514aと、を備える。当該復元力のベクトルを復元力ベクトル81aとし、第1部位513aと第2部位514aとを結ぶ直線を基準線82aとする。 As described above, the connecting device 1a to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2a, a conductive terminal portion 3a, an elastic member 4a, and an operating portion 5a. The terminal portion 3a is fixed to the case 2a. The elastic member 4a is attached to the case 2a, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3a by a restoring force to be sandwiched. The operation unit 5a applies a force to the elastic member 4a to bend it from the initial state to the non-wired state, and maintains the elastic member 4a in the non-connected state. The operation unit 5a includes a first portion 513a on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4a acts, and a second portion 514a on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. The restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81a, and the straight line connecting the first portion 513a and the second portion 514a is defined as the reference line 82a.

 弾性部材4aが非結線状態であるとき、復元力ベクトル81aが基準線82aと略重なって上記復元力と上記反力とが釣り合うことにより、操作部5aの位置が維持されて弾性部材4aの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。また、端子部3aと非結線状態の弾性部材4aとの間に電線91が挿入された状態で、操作部5aの位置が変更されて復元力ベクトル81aが基準線82aからずれることにより、上記復元力により弾性部材4aが非結線状態から復元し、電線91を端子部3aとの間に挟持する結線状態へと移行する。 When the elastic member 4a is in the non-connection state, the restoring force vector 81a substantially overlaps with the reference line 82a and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion 5a is maintained and the elastic member 4a is in a state. Is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3a and the elastic member 4a in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5a is changed and the restoring force vector 81a deviates from the reference line 82a. The elastic member 4a is restored from the unconnected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3a.

 接続機器1aを上記構造とすることにより、操作部5aを非結線状態にて係止するための段差部や、操作部5aの当該係止を解除するための状態解除部等の他の構造を設ける必要がなくなるため、接続機器1aの構造を簡素化することができる。また、操作部5aをケース2aの段差部等に係止する場合と異なり、当該段差部の摩耗等による係止不具合等を防止し、接続機器1aの長寿命化を実現することができる。 By adopting the above structure for the connected device 1a, another structure such as a step portion for locking the operation unit 5a in a non-connected state and a state release portion for releasing the locking of the operation unit 5a can be provided. Since it is not necessary to provide it, the structure of the connected device 1a can be simplified. Further, unlike the case where the operation portion 5a is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2a, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1a.

 上述のように、接続機器1aでは、非結線状態における弾性部材4aをさらに撓ませた状態においても、操作部5aの位置が維持されることが好ましい。このとき、弾性部材4aの復元力によりカム部51aに作用する回転モーメントは、操作部5aを結線状態および初期状態へと戻す向きとは反対向きである。これにより、端子部3aから離間した状態における弾性部材4aの形状をさらに安定的に維持することができる。 As described above, in the connecting device 1a, it is preferable that the position of the operating portion 5a is maintained even when the elastic member 4a in the non-connected state is further bent. At this time, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51a due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4a is opposite to the direction in which the operation portion 5a is returned to the connection state and the initial state. As a result, the shape of the elastic member 4a in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3a can be maintained more stably.

 接続機器1aでは、操作部5aは、回転軸24aを中心として回転するカム部51aを備えることが好ましい。カム部51aは、第1部位513aにて弾性部材4aに接触するとともに、第2部位514aである軸受け54aにて回転軸24aと接触する。そして、弾性部材4aの非結線状態への移行時には、カム部51aが回転することにより、第1部位513aと回転軸24aとの間の距離が増大して弾性部材4aが撓み、復元力ベクトル81aが基準線82aと略重なることにより、操作部5aの回転位置が維持されて弾性部材4aの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。これにより、弾性部材4aの非結線状態への移行および非結線状態での維持を、簡素な構造で実現することができる。 In the connected device 1a, it is preferable that the operation unit 5a includes a cam unit 51a that rotates about the rotation shaft 24a. The cam portion 51a contacts the elastic member 4a at the first portion 513a and also contacts the rotating shaft 24a at the bearing 54a which is the second portion 514a. When the elastic member 4a shifts to the non-connected state, the cam portion 51a rotates, so that the distance between the first portion 513a and the rotation shaft 24a increases, the elastic member 4a bends, and the restoring force vector 81a Is substantially overlapped with the reference line 82a, so that the rotational position of the operating portion 5a is maintained and the state of the elastic member 4a is maintained in the non-connected state. As a result, it is possible to realize the transition of the elastic member 4a to the non-connected state and the maintenance in the non-connected state with a simple structure.

 上述のように、電線91を結線する際に、挿入された電線91は、操作部5aに直接的に接触して操作部5aの位置を変更することが好ましい。これにより、電線91を押し込む力が操作部5aに伝わりやすいため、電線91の自動結線を容易に実現することができる。また、弾性部材4aの形状を簡素化することができる。 As described above, when connecting the electric wire 91, it is preferable that the inserted electric wire 91 directly contacts the operation unit 5a to change the position of the operation unit 5a. As a result, the force for pushing the electric wire 91 is easily transmitted to the operation unit 5a, so that the automatic connection of the electric wire 91 can be easily realized. Further, the shape of the elastic member 4a can be simplified.

 接続機器1aでは、弾性部材4aの状態を示す視認可能な識別部55aが設けられることが好ましい。上記例では、識別部55aがケース2aから突出しているか否かを視認することにより、弾性部材4aが非結線状態であるか否かを判断することができる。これにより、弾性部材4aの状態を容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。 It is preferable that the connecting device 1a is provided with a visible identification unit 55a that indicates the state of the elastic member 4a. In the above example, it is possible to determine whether or not the elastic member 4a is in the non-connection state by visually recognizing whether or not the identification portion 55a protrudes from the case 2a. Thereby, the state of the elastic member 4a can be easily and quickly recognized.

 接続機器1aでは、弾性部材4aは板バネであることが好ましい。これにより、接続機器1aの構造をさらに簡素化することができる。 In the connecting device 1a, the elastic member 4a is preferably a leaf spring. This makes it possible to further simplify the structure of the connected device 1a.

 接続機器1aでは、非結線状態(図19参照)から結線状態(図21参照)への移行は、必ずしも、電線91により操作部5aの駆動部52aを押し上げることにより行われる必要はない。例えば、図22に示すように、ケース2aの貫通孔232aから突出する識別部55aを、作業者の指先93でケース2a内に向けて少し押し下げることにより、図20と同様に、復元力ベクトル81aが基準線82aから右側にずれる。その結果、カム部51aは、弾性部材4aの復元力により反時計回りに回転し、接続機器1aは、図21に示す結線状態へと移行する。 In the connected device 1a, the transition from the non-connected state (see FIG. 19) to the connected state (see FIG. 21) does not necessarily have to be performed by pushing up the drive unit 52a of the operation unit 5a by the electric wire 91. For example, as shown in FIG. 22, the restoring force vector 81a is similarly pushed down by the operator's fingertip 93 toward the inside of the case 2a by pushing the identification portion 55a protruding from the through hole 232a of the case 2a. Shifts to the right from the reference line 82a. As a result, the cam portion 51a rotates counterclockwise due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4a, and the connecting device 1a shifts to the connection state shown in FIG. 21.

 上述のように、接続機器1aでは、操作部5aの一部(上記例では、識別部55a)がケース2aから突出していることが好ましい。これにより、作業者が操作部5aを容易に操作することができる。 As described above, in the connected device 1a, it is preferable that a part of the operation unit 5a (identification unit 55a in the above example) protrudes from the case 2a. As a result, the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5a.

 また、接続機器1aでは、弾性部材4a非結線状態であるとき(図18参照)、操作部5aの一部(すなわち、識別部55a)がケース2aから突出しており、弾性部材5aが結線状態であるとき(図21参照)、操作部5aの当該一部がケース2a内に位置することが好ましい。これにより、上述のように、弾性部材4aが非結線状態であるか否かを、容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。また、非結線状態において、マイナスドライバー等の工具を用いず、操作部5aを容易に操作することができる。さらに、結線状態において操作部5aの誤操作を防止することができる。なお、図22に示す例では、作業者の指先93に代えて、例えば棒状の工具の先端等により、操作部5aの識別部55aがケース2a内へと押し込まれてもよい。 Further, in the connecting device 1a, when the elastic member 4a is not connected (see FIG. 18), a part of the operation unit 5a (that is, the identification unit 55a) protrudes from the case 2a, and the elastic member 5a is in the connected state. At some point (see FIG. 21), it is preferred that the portion of the operating unit 5a be located within the case 2a. Thereby, as described above, it is possible to easily and quickly recognize whether or not the elastic member 4a is in the non-connected state. Further, in the non-connected state, the operation unit 5a can be easily operated without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver. Further, it is possible to prevent erroneous operation of the operation unit 5a in the wiring state. In the example shown in FIG. 22, the identification portion 55a of the operation portion 5a may be pushed into the case 2a by, for example, the tip of a rod-shaped tool instead of the operator's fingertip 93.

 次に、本発明の第3の実施の形態にかかる接続機器1bについて説明する。図23は、接続機器1bの操作部5b近傍を拡大して示す縦断面図である。図24は、操作部5bおよび弾性部材4bを示す平面図である。図23および図24では、初期状態の接続機器1bを示す。 Next, the connected device 1b according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 23 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5b of the connected device 1b. FIG. 24 is a plan view showing the operation unit 5b and the elastic member 4b. 23 and 24 show the connected device 1b in the initial state.

 接続機器1bは、ケース2bと、端子部3bと、弾性部材4bと、操作部5bとを備える。接続機器1bでは、ケース2b、端子部3b、弾性部材4bおよび操作部5bの形状、並びに、弾性部材4bおよび操作部5bの動きは、図1に示す接続機器1と異なるが、材質および機能等は同じである。また、接続機器1bは、接続機器1と同様に、2セット以上の端子部3b、弾性部材4bおよび操作部5bをケース2b内に備えていてもよい。 The connection device 1b includes a case 2b, a terminal portion 3b, an elastic member 4b, and an operation portion 5b. In the connecting device 1b, the shapes of the case 2b, the terminal portion 3b, the elastic member 4b and the operating portion 5b, and the movements of the elastic member 4b and the operating portion 5b are different from those of the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. Is the same. Further, the connecting device 1b may include two or more sets of terminal portions 3b, an elastic member 4b, and an operating portion 5b in the case 2b, similarly to the connecting device 1.

 端子部3bは、ケース2bに固定された導電性の略板状の部材である。端子部3bは、例えば金属製である。弾性部材4bは、ケース2bに取り付けられた弾性変形可能な部材である。弾性部材4bは、例えば、略帯状の板バネである。弾性部材4bは、金属等の導電材料により形成されてもよく、樹脂等の絶縁材料により形成されてもよい。弾性部材4bは、下端部および上端部において略V字状または略U字状に折り曲げられた形状(すなわち、略Z字状の形状)を有する。 The terminal portion 3b is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2b. The terminal portion 3b is made of metal, for example. The elastic member 4b is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2b. The elastic member 4b is, for example, a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring. The elastic member 4b may be formed of a conductive material such as metal, or may be formed of an insulating material such as resin. The elastic member 4b has a substantially V-shaped or substantially U-shaped bent shape (that is, a substantially Z-shaped shape) at the lower end portion and the upper end portion.

 弾性部材4bは、上述の弾性部材4と同様に、屈曲部41bと、固定部42bと、可動部43bとを備える。可動部43bには、周囲の部位から部分的に切り離されて上方へと折り曲げられる切り起こし部431bが設けられる。弾性部材4bは、さらに、電線受け部44bと、解除部46bとを備える。電線受け部44bは、可動部43bの上端部から上方へと延びる。解除部46bは、電線受け部44bの上端部から図23および図24中の左方(すなわち、操作部5bに向かう方向)へと延びる。弾性部材4bの図24中の上下方向の幅は、解除部46bを除いて略一定であり、解除部46bの幅は電線受け部44bの幅よりも大きい。解除部46bは、電線受け部44bの上端部(すなわち、図24中の右端部)から、図24中の左方および上方へと広がる。なお、図24では、図の理解を容易にするために、解除部46bを一点鎖線にて描いている。また、図24では、端子部3bを二点鎖線にて描いている。 The elastic member 4b includes a bent portion 41b, a fixed portion 42b, and a movable portion 43b, similarly to the elastic member 4 described above. The movable portion 43b is provided with a cut-up portion 431b that is partially separated from the surrounding portion and bent upward. The elastic member 4b further includes a wire receiving portion 44b and a releasing portion 46b. The electric wire receiving portion 44b extends upward from the upper end portion of the movable portion 43b. The release portion 46b extends from the upper end portion of the wire receiving portion 44b to the left side in FIGS. 23 and 24 (that is, in the direction toward the operation portion 5b). The vertical width of the elastic member 4b in FIG. 24 is substantially constant except for the release portion 46b, and the width of the release portion 46b is larger than the width of the wire receiving portion 44b. The release portion 46b extends from the upper end portion of the wire receiving portion 44b (that is, the right end portion in FIG. 24) to the left and upward in FIG. 24. In FIG. 24, the release portion 46b is drawn by a alternate long and short dash line in order to facilitate the understanding of the figure. Further, in FIG. 24, the terminal portion 3b is drawn by a two-dot chain line.

 可動部43bのうち切り起こし部431bの上端部(すなわち、図23および図24中の右端部)は、端子部3bの左右方向の略中央部に下側から接触している。これにより、後述する電線の挿入経路が、ケース2bの左側に設けられた挿入穴21bの内側において閉鎖されている。また、可動部43bは、切り起こし部431bが設けられていない部位(図23中では、切り起こし部431bよりも左側の部位)にて操作部5bに下側から接触している。可動部43bは、後述するように、操作部5bにより下方へと押されることにより、弾性変形して下向きに撓み、端子部3bから下方へと離間する。また、可動部43bに対する下向きの押圧力がなくなると、可動部43bは復元力により元の状態に戻る(すなわち、弾性復帰する)。 Of the movable portions 43b, the upper end portion of the cut-up portion 431b (that is, the right end portion in FIGS. 23 and 24) is in contact with the substantially central portion of the terminal portion 3b in the left-right direction from below. As a result, the insertion path for the electric wire, which will be described later, is closed inside the insertion hole 21b provided on the left side of the case 2b. Further, the movable portion 43b is in contact with the operation portion 5b from below at a portion where the cut-up portion 431b is not provided (a portion on the left side of the cut-up portion 431b in FIG. 23). As will be described later, the movable portion 43b is elastically deformed and flexed downward by being pushed downward by the operating portion 5b, and is separated downward from the terminal portion 3b. Further, when the downward pressing force on the movable portion 43b disappears, the movable portion 43b returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.

 電線受け部44bは、図23中の端子部3bおよび操作部5bよりも右側において、可動部43bの上端部から右斜め上方へと延びる。電線受け部44bは、端子部3bよりも下側から端子部3よりも上側まで延び、端子部3bの下面に沿って挿入される電線の挿入経路上に位置する。電線受け部44bは、電線の挿入方向に対して周囲に広がる受け面441bを備える。 The wire receiving portion 44b extends diagonally upward to the right from the upper end portion of the movable portion 43b on the right side of the terminal portion 3b and the operating portion 5b in FIG. 23. The electric wire receiving portion 44b extends from the lower side of the terminal portion 3b to the upper side of the terminal portion 3, and is located on the insertion path of the electric wire inserted along the lower surface of the terminal portion 3b. The electric wire receiving portion 44b includes a receiving surface 441b that extends around in the insertion direction of the electric wire.

 解除部46bは、電線受け部44bの上端部から図23中の左側(すなわち、操作部5bに近づく方向)へと延び、操作部5bおよび端子部3bと上下方向において部分的に対向する。解除部46bの先端部(すなわち、操作部5bに近い側の端部)は、操作部5bの上方において下向き(すなわち、操作部5bを向く方向)に折り曲げられている。 The release portion 46b extends from the upper end portion of the wire receiving portion 44b to the left side in FIG. 23 (that is, in the direction approaching the operation portion 5b), and partially faces the operation portion 5b and the terminal portion 3b in the vertical direction. The tip end portion of the release portion 46b (that is, the end portion on the side closer to the operation portion 5b) is bent downward (that is, the direction toward the operation portion 5b) above the operation portion 5b.

 操作部5bは、カム部51bを備える。カム部51bは、正面視において略扇形の板状部材であり、ケース2bの内部(すなわち、ケース2bの外縁よりも内側)に配置される。当該扇形の中心は、図23中においてカム部51bの右側上端部に位置し、当該中心近傍には、厚さ方向に延びる貫通孔が設けられる。当該貫通孔には軸受け54bが設けられる。軸受け54bは、ケース2bに設けられた厚さ方向に延びる略円柱状の回転軸24bに嵌合される。カム部51bは、回転軸24bを中心として、厚さ方向に略垂直な面内において回転可能にケース2bにより支持される。図23に示す例では、正面視において略扇形のカム部51bの中心角は約90°である。 The operation unit 5b includes a cam unit 51b. The cam portion 51b is a substantially fan-shaped plate-shaped member when viewed from the front, and is arranged inside the case 2b (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2b). The center of the fan shape is located at the upper right upper end of the cam portion 51b in FIG. 23, and a through hole extending in the thickness direction is provided in the vicinity of the center. A bearing 54b is provided in the through hole. The bearing 54b is fitted to a substantially cylindrical rotating shaft 24b provided in the case 2b and extending in the thickness direction. The cam portion 51b is rotatably supported by the case 2b in a plane substantially perpendicular to the thickness direction about the rotation shaft 24b. In the example shown in FIG. 23, the central angle of the substantially fan-shaped cam portion 51b is about 90 ° in the front view.

 カム部51bの図23中における下端部近傍には、下方(すなわち、カム部51bにおける径方向外方)に突出する略半円柱状の凸部515bが設けられる。カム部51bは、凸部515bにて弾性部材4bの可動部43bに上側から接触している。カム部51bでは、回転軸24bの中心からカム部51bの凸部515bの外周縁(具体的には、当該外周縁の周方向の略中央)へと延びる直線上において、回転軸24bの中心とカム部51bの外縁との間の距離が最大になる。カム部51bの下部は、厚さ方向において端子部3bと重なり、図23中において端子部3bの奥側に位置する。 In the vicinity of the lower end portion of the cam portion 51b in FIG. 23, a substantially semi-cylindrical convex portion 515b projecting downward (that is, radially outward in the cam portion 51b) is provided. The cam portion 51b is in contact with the movable portion 43b of the elastic member 4b from above at the convex portion 515b. In the cam portion 51b, the center of the rotating shaft 24b is formed on a straight line extending from the center of the rotating shaft 24b to the outer peripheral edge of the convex portion 515b of the cam portion 51b (specifically, substantially the center in the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral edge). The distance between the cam portion 51b and the outer edge is maximized. The lower portion of the cam portion 51b overlaps with the terminal portion 3b in the thickness direction and is located on the inner side of the terminal portion 3b in FIG. 23.

 次に、接続機器1bに対する電線の接続の流れについて説明する。まず、図23に示す初期状態において、作業者は、通常のマイナスドライバー等の工具92の先端部を、ケース2bの上面左端部に設けられた貫通孔231bからケース2b内に挿入する。後部92の先端は、貫通孔231bの下方に位置する操作部5bの左端部の上面に接触する。そして、作業者が工具92を下向きに押し込むことにより、操作部5bが、回転軸24bを中心として図23中における反時計回りに回転される。 Next, the flow of connecting the electric wire to the connecting device 1b will be described. First, in the initial state shown in FIG. 23, the operator inserts the tip of a tool 92 such as a normal flat-blade screwdriver into the case 2b through the through hole 231b provided in the upper left end of the case 2b. The tip of the rear portion 92 contacts the upper surface of the left end portion of the operation portion 5b located below the through hole 231b. Then, when the operator pushes the tool 92 downward, the operation unit 5b is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 23 about the rotation shaft 24b.

 操作部5bが回転すると、図25に示すように、カム部51bと弾性部材4bとの接触部と、回転軸24bの中心との間の距離が増大する。これにより、弾性部材4bの可動部43bがカム部51bにより下方へと押し下げられて切り起こし部431bが端子部3bから離間する。 When the operating portion 5b rotates, as shown in FIG. 25, the distance between the contact portion between the cam portion 51b and the elastic member 4b and the center of the rotating shaft 24b increases. As a result, the movable portion 43b of the elastic member 4b is pushed downward by the cam portion 51b, and the cut-up portion 431b is separated from the terminal portion 3b.

 図25に示すように、回転途上の操作部5bでは、第1部位513bに作用する弾性部材4bの復元力ベクトル81bが、第1部位513bと第2部位514bとを結ぶ仮想的な直線である基準線82bから左側にずれている。このため、カム部51bには、時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用しており、作業者が操作部5bを下方に押し込み続けていないと、弾性部材4bおよび操作部5bは、図23に示す初期状態へと戻る。なお、第1部位513bは、操作部5bのうち弾性部材4bの復元力が作用する部位であり、具体的には、カム部51bの凸部515bのうち弾性部材4bと接触する部位である。また、第2部位514bは、操作部5bのうち当該復元力に対する反力が生じる部位であり、具体的には、軸受け54bのうち、第1部位513bと回転軸24bの中心とを結ぶ仮想的な直線との交点である。 As shown in FIG. 25, in the rotating operation unit 5b, the restoring force vector 81b of the elastic member 4b acting on the first portion 513b is a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513b and the second portion 514b. It deviates to the left from the reference line 82b. Therefore, a rotational moment in the clockwise direction acts on the cam portion 51b, and unless the operator keeps pushing the operation portion 5b downward, the elastic member 4b and the operation portion 5b initially show in FIG. 23. Return to the state. The first portion 513b is a portion of the operating portion 5b on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4b acts, and specifically, a portion of the convex portion 515b of the cam portion 51b that comes into contact with the elastic member 4b. Further, the second portion 514b is a portion of the operating portion 5b where a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated. Specifically, of the bearing 54b, a virtual portion connecting the first portion 513b and the center of the rotating shaft 24b is provided. It is an intersection with a straight line.

 作業者は、図26に示す非結線状態まで、操作部5bを弾性部材4bの復元力に抗して押し込む。当該非結線状態では、第1部位513bに作用する弾性部材4bの復元力ベクトル81bが、第1部位513bと第2部位514bとを結ぶ基準線82bに略重なる。これにより、弾性部材4bの復元力と、操作部5bに生じる当該復元力に対する反力とが釣り合う。 The operator pushes the operation unit 5b against the restoring force of the elastic member 4b until the unconnected state shown in FIG. 26. In the non-connected state, the restoring force vector 81b of the elastic member 4b acting on the first portion 513b substantially overlaps with the reference line 82b connecting the first portion 513b and the second portion 514b. As a result, the restoring force of the elastic member 4b and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5b are balanced.

 このため、カム部51bには、上述の時計回り方向の回転モーメントも、反時計回り方向の回転モーメントも作用しない。したがって、作業者が工具92をケース2bの貫通孔231bから引き抜いても(すなわち、作業者が操作部5bに力を加えていない状態であっても)、操作部5bの周方向の位置(すなわち、回転位置)は図26に示す非結線状態で安定的に維持される。また、弾性部材4bの状態も非結線状態で安定的に維持(すなわち、仮止め)される。図26に示す非結線状態は、弾性部材4bが撓んだ状態で仮止めされた仮止め状態である。接続機器1bでは、操作部5bは、弾性部材4bの復元力が作用する第1部位513b、および、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514bをそれぞれ1つのみ備える。これにより、接続機器1bの構造を簡素化することができる。 Therefore, neither the above-mentioned clockwise rotation moment nor the counterclockwise rotation moment acts on the cam portion 51b. Therefore, even if the operator pulls out the tool 92 from the through hole 231b of the case 2b (that is, even when the operator does not apply force to the operation unit 5b), the position of the operation unit 5b in the circumferential direction (that is, that is). , Rotational position) is stably maintained in the non-connected state shown in FIG. 26. Further, the state of the elastic member 4b is also stably maintained (that is, temporarily fixed) in the non-wired state. The non-connection state shown in FIG. 26 is a temporary fixing state in which the elastic member 4b is temporarily fixed in a bent state. In the connecting device 1b, the operation unit 5b includes only one first portion 513b on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4b acts and a second portion 514b on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1b.

 当該非結線状態では、操作部5bの右端部の上面は、上下方向に略垂直な略水平面となっており、弾性部材4bの解除部46bの先端部に下方から接触する。また、操作部5bの一部(図26に示す例では、カム部51bの左側の端部)が、ケース2bに設けられた突起部であるストッパ28bに接触することにより、操作部5bがこれ以上反時計回りに回転しないように、操作部5bの動きが制限される。 In the non-connected state, the upper surface of the right end portion of the operation portion 5b is a substantially horizontal plane substantially perpendicular to the vertical direction, and comes into contact with the tip portion of the release portion 46b of the elastic member 4b from below. Further, a part of the operation portion 5b (in the example shown in FIG. 26, the left end portion of the cam portion 51b) comes into contact with the stopper 28b, which is a protrusion provided on the case 2b, so that the operation portion 5b can be moved. The movement of the operation unit 5b is restricted so as not to rotate counterclockwise.

 なお、接続機器1bでは、図14に示す接続機器1と略同様に、操作部5bが図26に示す回転位置よりもさらに反時計回り方向に回転し、弾性部材4bがさらに撓んだ状態で操作部5bの位置が維持されてもよい。当該構造は、例えば、図26中のストッパ28bの上面位置を下方に移動することにより実現される。この場合、復元力ベクトル81bは、基準線82bよりも僅かに右側に傾き、カム部51bに作用する回転モーメントは反時計回り方向となる。すなわち、弾性部材4bからカム部51bに対して、操作部5bを反時計回りに回転させようとする力が働く。ただし、操作部5bの反時計回り方向への回転は、カム部51bの左端部がストッパ28bに接触することにより制限される。また、弾性部材4bからカム部51bに対して、操作部5bを時計回りに回転させて初期状態へと戻す方向の力は働かない。したがって、操作部5bの位置が安定的に維持され、端子部3bから離間した状態における弾性部材4bの形状を安定的に維持することができる。 In the connecting device 1b, similarly to the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. 14, the operation unit 5b rotates further in the counterclockwise direction than the rotation position shown in FIG. 26, and the elastic member 4b is further bent. The position of the operation unit 5b may be maintained. The structure is realized, for example, by moving the upper surface position of the stopper 28b in FIG. 26 downward. In this case, the restoring force vector 81b is slightly tilted to the right of the reference line 82b, and the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51b is in the counterclockwise direction. That is, a force that tends to rotate the operation portion 5b counterclockwise acts on the cam portion 51b from the elastic member 4b. However, the rotation of the operating portion 5b in the counterclockwise direction is limited by the left end portion of the cam portion 51b coming into contact with the stopper 28b. Further, no force acts on the cam portion 51b from the elastic member 4b in the direction of rotating the operation portion 5b clockwise to return to the initial state. Therefore, the position of the operating portion 5b can be stably maintained, and the shape of the elastic member 4b in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3b can be stably maintained.

 接続機器1bが非結線状態とされると、図27に示すように、電線91が、ケース2bの挿入穴21bからケース2b内へと所定の挿入方向に沿って挿入され、端子部3bと非結線状態の弾性部材4bとの間に位置する。電線91のケース2bに対する挿入方向は、左右方向に略平行な方向である。電線91の種類および直径等は、上記と同様である。 When the connected device 1b is in the non-connected state, as shown in FIG. 27, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2b from the insertion hole 21b of the case 2b along a predetermined insertion direction, and is not connected to the terminal portion 3b. It is located between the elastic member 4b in the connected state. The insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2b is a direction substantially parallel to the left-right direction. The type and diameter of the electric wire 91 are the same as described above.

 電線91の先端は、ケース2b内において、弾性部材4bの電線受け部44bに直接的に接触する。図27に示す例では、電線受け部44bの左側の側面が、電線91の先端と直接的に接触し、当該先端から周囲に広がる受け面441bである。受け面441bは、電線91の挿入方向において切り起こし部431bよりも奥側に位置し、上述のように、当該挿入方向に対して周囲に広がる。 The tip of the electric wire 91 directly contacts the electric wire receiving portion 44b of the elastic member 4b in the case 2b. In the example shown in FIG. 27, the left side surface of the electric wire receiving portion 44b is a receiving surface 441b that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91 and extends from the tip to the periphery. The receiving surface 441b is located on the back side of the cut-up portion 431b in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91, and spreads around the insertion direction as described above.

 電線91は、先端を電線受け部44bの受け面441bに接触させた状態で、挿入方向の奥側へと移動される。これにより、図28に示すように、受け面441bが当該挿入方向の奥側に向かって押され、電線受け部44bおよび解除部46bが上下方向において扁平になる方向に変形する。解除部46bの先端部は下方へと移動し、当該先端に接触している操作部5bのカム部51bの右端部を押し下げる。すなわち、電線91が押し込まれることにより生じた力は、電線91に直接的に接触する弾性部材4bを介して、操作部5bに間接的に付与される。そして、操作部5bが回転軸24bを中心として図28中の時計回りに少し回転する。換言すれば、回転軸24bを中心とする周方向において、操作部5bの位置(すなわち、回転位置)が変更される。第1部位513bにおけるカム部51bの回転方向は、電線91の挿入方向の奥側から手前側へと向かう方向(すなわち、図28中の略左側へと向かう方向)である。 The electric wire 91 is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction with its tip in contact with the receiving surface 441b of the electric wire receiving portion 44b. As a result, as shown in FIG. 28, the receiving surface 441b is pushed toward the inner side in the insertion direction, and the electric wire receiving portion 44b and the releasing portion 46b are deformed in a direction of becoming flat in the vertical direction. The tip of the release portion 46b moves downward and pushes down the right end of the cam portion 51b of the operation portion 5b in contact with the tip. That is, the force generated by pushing the electric wire 91 is indirectly applied to the operating portion 5b via the elastic member 4b that directly contacts the electric wire 91. Then, the operation unit 5b rotates slightly clockwise in FIG. 28 around the rotation shaft 24b. In other words, the position (that is, the rotation position) of the operation unit 5b is changed in the circumferential direction about the rotation shaft 24b. The rotation direction of the cam portion 51b in the first portion 513b is a direction toward the front side from the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 (that is, a direction toward the substantially left side in FIG. 28).

 これにより、図28に示すように、復元力ベクトル81bが基準線82bから図28中の左側にずれ、弾性部材4bの復元力により、カム部51bに時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用する。その結果、操作部5bがさらに時計回りに回転するとともに、弾性部材4bが非結線状態から復元する。 As a result, as shown in FIG. 28, the restoring force vector 81b shifts from the reference line 82b to the left side in FIG. 28, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4b causes a clockwise rotational moment to act on the cam portion 51b. As a result, the operation unit 5b further rotates clockwise, and the elastic member 4b is restored from the unconnected state.

 そして、図29に示すように、弾性部材4bは、電線91を端子部3bとの間に挟持する結線状態へと移行し、電線91と端子部3bとが電気的かつ機械的に接続される。換言すれば、電線91が接続機器1bに挿入された後、自動的に(すなわち、電線91以外の工具や指を利用した作業者による操作部5bの操作無しで)結線される。作業者は、例えば、弾性部材4bの切り起こし部431bにより電線91が端子部3bに押し付けられる際に生じる振動や音等により、結線状態への移行を認識してもよい。当該振動や音は、例えば、弾性部材4b、電線91、端子部3b、操作部5bおよびケース2bのうち一の部材が他の部材と衝突することにより生じる。接続機器1bでは、当該振動や音等の発生を促進させ、あるいは、当該振動や音等を増幅する様々な構造が採用されてもよい。 Then, as shown in FIG. 29, the elastic member 4b shifts to a wiring state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3b, and the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3b are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. .. In other words, after the electric wire 91 is inserted into the connecting device 1b, the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5b by the operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger). The operator may recognize, for example, the transition to the connection state by vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3b by the cut-up portion 431b of the elastic member 4b. The vibration or sound is generated, for example, when one member of the elastic member 4b, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3b, the operation portion 5b, and the case 2b collides with the other member. In the connected device 1b, various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.

 結線状態における接続機器1bでは、ケース2bの貫通孔231bから見える操作部5bの部位が、非結線状態において貫通孔231bから見える操作部5bの部位と、その向きや貫通孔231bからの距離等が異なる。したがって、作業者は、貫通孔231bから操作部5bを視認することにより、接続機器1bが非結線状態から結線状態に移行したことを容易に認識することができる。作業者は、上記と同様に、貫通孔231bから操作部5bを視認することにより、接続機器1bが初期状態であることも容易に認識することができる。すなわち、操作部5bのうち貫通孔231bから見える部位は、弾性部材4bの状態を示す視認可能な識別部である。この場合、貫通孔231bから見える操作部5bの部位に、初期状態、結線状態および非結線状態の区別をさらに明確にするための着色等が施されていてもよい。 In the connection device 1b in the connected state, the portion of the operation portion 5b visible from the through hole 231b of the case 2b is the portion of the operation portion 5b visible from the through hole 231b in the non-connection state, and the direction thereof, the distance from the through hole 231b, and the like are different. different. Therefore, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1b has changed from the non-connected state to the connected state by visually recognizing the operation unit 5b from the through hole 231b. Similarly to the above, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1b is in the initial state by visually recognizing the operation unit 5b from the through hole 231b. That is, the portion of the operating portion 5b that can be seen from the through hole 231b is a visible identification portion that indicates the state of the elastic member 4b. In this case, the portion of the operation unit 5b that can be seen from the through hole 231b may be colored to further clarify the distinction between the initial state, the connected state, and the non-connected state.

 電線91を接続機器1bから取り外す際には、例えば、作業者がマイナスドライバー等の工具の先端部をケース2bの貫通孔231bに挿入し、操作部5bの左端部を下方へと押し下げる。これにより、操作部5bが図29中の反時計回りに回転する。操作部5bが図27に示す非結線状態まで回転すると、上述のように、復元力ベクトル81b(図26参照)が基準線82bと略重なり、弾性部材4bは、電線91から下方へと離間した非結線状態にて維持される。これにより、弾性部材4bおよび端子部3bによる電線91の挟持が解除される。作業者は、挿入穴21bから電線91を引っ張り出すことで、電線91を接続機器1bから容易に取り外すことができる。 When removing the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1b, for example, an operator inserts the tip of a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver into the through hole 231b of the case 2b and pushes down the left end of the operating portion 5b. As a result, the operation unit 5b rotates counterclockwise in FIG. 29. When the operation unit 5b rotates to the non-connection state shown in FIG. 27, the restoring force vector 81b (see FIG. 26) substantially overlaps with the reference line 82b, and the elastic member 4b is separated downward from the electric wire 91 as described above. It is maintained in a non-connected state. As a result, the pinching of the electric wire 91 by the elastic member 4b and the terminal portion 3b is released. The operator can easily remove the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1b by pulling out the electric wire 91 from the insertion hole 21b.

 以上に説明したように、電線91が接続される接続機器1bは、ケース2bと、導電性の端子部3bと、弾性部材4bと、操作部5bと、を備える。端子部3bは、ケース2bに固定される。弾性部材4bは、ケース2bに取り付けられ、復元力により電線91を端子部3bに押し付けて挟持する。操作部5bは、弾性部材4bに力を付与して初期状態から非結線状態へと撓ませて、非結線状態にて維持する。操作部5bは、弾性部材4bの復元力が作用する第1部位513bと、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514bと、を備える。当該復元力のベクトルを復元力ベクトル81bとし、第1部位513bと第2部位514bとを結ぶ直線を基準線82bとする。 As described above, the connecting device 1b to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2b, a conductive terminal portion 3b, an elastic member 4b, and an operating portion 5b. The terminal portion 3b is fixed to the case 2b. The elastic member 4b is attached to the case 2b, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3b by a restoring force to be sandwiched. The operation unit 5b applies a force to the elastic member 4b to bend it from the initial state to the non-wired state, and maintains the elastic member 4b in the non-connected state. The operation unit 5b includes a first portion 513b on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4b acts, and a second portion 514b on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. The restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81b, and the straight line connecting the first portion 513b and the second portion 514b is defined as the reference line 82b.

 弾性部材4bが非結線状態であるとき、復元力ベクトル81bが基準線82bと略重なって上記復元力と上記反力とが釣り合うことにより、操作部5bの位置が維持されて弾性部材4bの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。また、端子部3bと非結線状態の弾性部材4bとの間に電線91が挿入された状態で、操作部5bの位置が変更されて復元力ベクトル81bが基準線82bからずれることにより、上記復元力により弾性部材4bが非結線状態から復元し、電線91を端子部3bとの間に挟持する結線状態へと移行する。 When the elastic member 4b is in the non-connection state, the restoring force vector 81b substantially overlaps with the reference line 82b and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion 5b is maintained and the elastic member 4b is in a state. Is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3b and the elastic member 4b in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5b is changed and the restoring force vector 81b deviates from the reference line 82b. The elastic member 4b is restored from the non-connected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the terminal portion 3b and the electric wire 91.

 接続機器1bを上記構造とすることにより、操作部5bを非結線状態にて係止するための段差部や、操作部5bの当該係止を解除するための状態解除部等の他の構造を設ける必要がなくなるため、接続機器1bの構造を簡素化することができる。また、操作部5bをケース2bの段差部等に係止する場合と異なり、当該段差部の摩耗等による係止不具合等を防止し、接続機器1bの長寿命化を実現することができる。 By making the connected device 1b have the above structure, other structures such as a step portion for locking the operation unit 5b in a non-connected state and a state release portion for releasing the locking of the operation unit 5b can be provided. Since it is not necessary to provide it, the structure of the connected device 1b can be simplified. Further, unlike the case where the operation portion 5b is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2b, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1b.

 上述のように、接続機器1bでは、非結線状態における弾性部材4bをさらに撓ませた状態においても、操作部5bの位置が維持されることが好ましい。このとき、弾性部材4bの復元力によりカム部51bに作用する回転モーメントは、操作部5bを結線状態および初期状態へと戻す向きとは反対向きである。これにより、端子部3bから離間した状態における弾性部材4bの形状をさらに安定的に維持することができる。 As described above, in the connecting device 1b, it is preferable that the position of the operating portion 5b is maintained even when the elastic member 4b in the non-connected state is further bent. At this time, the rotational moment acting on the cam portion 51b due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4b is in the opposite direction to the direction in which the operation portion 5b is returned to the connection state and the initial state. As a result, the shape of the elastic member 4b in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3b can be maintained more stably.

 接続機器1bでは、操作部5bは、回転軸24bを中心として回転するカム部51bを備えることが好ましい。カム部51bは、第1部位513bにて弾性部材4bに接触するとともに、第2部位514bである軸受け54bにて回転軸24bと接触する。そして、弾性部材4bの非結線状態への移行時には、カム部51bが回転することにより、第1部位513bと回転軸24bとの間の距離が増大して弾性部材4bが撓み、復元力ベクトル81bが基準線82bと略重なることにより、操作部5bの回転位置が維持されて弾性部材4bの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。これにより、弾性部材4bの非結線状態への移行および非結線状態での維持を、簡素な構造で実現することができる。 In the connected device 1b, it is preferable that the operation unit 5b includes a cam unit 51b that rotates about the rotation shaft 24b. The cam portion 51b contacts the elastic member 4b at the first portion 513b and also contacts the rotating shaft 24b at the bearing 54b which is the second portion 514b. When the elastic member 4b shifts to the non-connected state, the cam portion 51b rotates, so that the distance between the first portion 513b and the rotation shaft 24b increases, the elastic member 4b bends, and the restoring force vector 81b. Is substantially overlapped with the reference line 82b, so that the rotational position of the operating portion 5b is maintained and the state of the elastic member 4b is maintained in the non-connected state. As a result, it is possible to realize the transition of the elastic member 4b to the non-connected state and the maintenance in the non-connected state with a simple structure.

 上述のように、接続機器1bでは、電線91を結線する際に、挿入された電線91は、弾性部材4bに直接的に接触して弾性部材4bを変形させることにより、弾性部材4bを介して操作部5bに力を付与して操作部5bの位置を変更することが好ましい。これにより、操作部5bに電線91と直接的に接触する部位を設ける場合に比べて、操作部5bの形状および配置の自由度を向上することができる。 As described above, in the connecting device 1b, when the electric wire 91 is connected, the inserted electric wire 91 comes into direct contact with the elastic member 4b to deform the elastic member 4b, whereby the inserted electric wire 91 is passed through the elastic member 4b. It is preferable to apply a force to the operation unit 5b to change the position of the operation unit 5b. As a result, the degree of freedom in the shape and arrangement of the operation unit 5b can be improved as compared with the case where the operation unit 5b is provided with a portion that comes into direct contact with the electric wire 91.

 接続機器1bでは、弾性部材4bは、電線91の先端と直接的に接触する電線受け部44bと、電線受け部44bから操作部5bに向かって延びる解除部46bと、を備えることが好ましい。また、電線受け部44bは、電線91の先端から周囲に広がる受け面441bを備えることが好ましい。そして、受け面441bが電線91によって電線91の挿入方向の奥側に向かって押されることにより弾性部材4bが変形し、解除部46bが操作部5bに接触してカム部51bを回転させる力を付与することが好ましい。これにより、電線91との直接的な接触による操作部5bの摩耗を防止することができる。 In the connecting device 1b, the elastic member 4b preferably includes a wire receiving portion 44b that comes into direct contact with the tip of the wire 91, and a releasing portion 46b that extends from the wire receiving portion 44b toward the operating portion 5b. Further, it is preferable that the electric wire receiving portion 44b includes a receiving surface 441b extending from the tip of the electric wire 91 to the periphery. Then, the receiving surface 441b is pushed toward the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 by the electric wire 91, so that the elastic member 4b is deformed, and the release portion 46b comes into contact with the operation portion 5b to rotate the cam portion 51b. It is preferable to give it. This makes it possible to prevent wear of the operating portion 5b due to direct contact with the electric wire 91.

 接続機器1bでは、弾性部材4の切り起こし部431bは、結線状態で電線91に直接的に接触する電線接触部である。好ましくは、少なくとも弾性部材4bが非結線状態から結線状態に移行する際に、当該電線接触部の移動経路は操作部5bの移動領域と重ならない。これにより、弾性部材4bの当該電線接触部が操作部5bに接触して操作部5bの動きを阻害することを防止することができる。 In the connection device 1b, the cut-up portion 431b of the elastic member 4 is an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state. Preferably, at least when the elastic member 4b shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state, the moving path of the wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5b. This makes it possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion of the elastic member 4b from coming into contact with the operation portion 5b and hindering the movement of the operation portion 5b.

 接続機器1bでは、弾性部材4bの状態を示す視認可能な識別部(上記例では、貫通孔231bから見える操作部5bの一部)が設けられることが好ましい。これにより、弾性部材4bの状態を容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。 It is preferable that the connecting device 1b is provided with a visible identification unit (in the above example, a part of the operation unit 5b visible from the through hole 231b) indicating the state of the elastic member 4b. Thereby, the state of the elastic member 4b can be easily and quickly recognized.

 なお、接続機器1bでは、操作部5bの一部がケース2bから突出していてもよい。例えば、カム部51bから上方に延びてケース2bから突出する略棒状の突出部が設けられてもよい。この場合、当該突出部は、弾性部材4bの状態を示す視認可能な識別部として機能する。したがって、操作部5bの当該突出部の位置を視認することにより、弾性部材4bの状態を容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。また、作業者は、当該突出部に指先等を接触させ、操作部5bを容易に操作することもできる。操作部5bの当該突出部は、弾性部材4bが非結線状態であるときにケース2bから突出しており、弾性部材4bが結線状態であるときにケース2b内に位置することが好ましい。これにより、非結線状態において、マイナスドライバー等の工具を用いず、操作部5bを容易に操作することができるとともに、結線状態において操作部5bの誤操作を防止することができる。 In the connected device 1b, a part of the operation unit 5b may protrude from the case 2b. For example, a substantially rod-shaped protruding portion that extends upward from the cam portion 51b and protrudes from the case 2b may be provided. In this case, the protruding portion functions as a visible identification portion indicating the state of the elastic member 4b. Therefore, by visually recognizing the position of the protruding portion of the operating portion 5b, the state of the elastic member 4b can be easily and quickly recognized. Further, the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5b by bringing the fingertip or the like into contact with the protrusion. It is preferable that the protruding portion of the operating portion 5b protrudes from the case 2b when the elastic member 4b is in the non-connected state, and is located in the case 2b when the elastic member 4b is in the connected state. As a result, the operation unit 5b can be easily operated without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver in the non-connection state, and erroneous operation of the operation unit 5b can be prevented in the connection state.

 接続機器1bでは、弾性部材4bは板バネであることが好ましい。これにより、接続機器1bの構造をさらに簡素化することができる。 In the connecting device 1b, the elastic member 4b is preferably a leaf spring. Thereby, the structure of the connected device 1b can be further simplified.

 上述のように、接続機器1,1a,1bでは、電線91を結線する際に、挿入された電線91から操作部5,5a,5bに直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、操作部5,5a,5bの位置が変更されて復元力ベクトル81,81a,81bが基準線82,82a,82bからずれる。これにより、電線91の挿入等の操作のみで電線91が結線される自動結線が実現されるため、接続機器1,1a,1bへの電線91の接続を容易とすることができる。 As described above, in the connecting devices 1, 1a and 1b, when the electric wires 91 are connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wires 91 to the operation units 5, 5a and 5b. The positions of the operation units 5, 5a, 5b are changed, and the restoring force vectors 81, 81a, 81b deviate from the reference lines 82, 82a, 82b. As a result, automatic connection is realized in which the electric wires 91 are connected only by an operation such as inserting the electric wires 91, so that the electric wires 91 can be easily connected to the connecting devices 1, 1a, 1b.

 次に、本発明の第4の実施の形態にかかる接続機器1cについて説明する。図30は、接続機器1cの操作部5c近傍を拡大して示す縦断面図である。図30では、初期状態の接続機器1cを示す。 Next, the connected device 1c according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 30 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5c of the connected device 1c. FIG. 30 shows the connected device 1c in the initial state.

 接続機器1cは、ケース2cと、端子部3cと、弾性部材4cと、操作部5cと、解除部6cとを備える。接続機器1cでは、ケース2c、端子部3c、弾性部材4cおよび操作部5cの形状、並びに、弾性部材4cおよび操作部5cの動きは、図1に示す接続機器1と異なるが、材質および機能等は同じである。また、接続機器1cは、接続機器1と略同様に、2セット以上の端子部3c、弾性部材4c、操作部5cおよび解除部6cをケース2c内に備えていてもよい。 The connection device 1c includes a case 2c, a terminal portion 3c, an elastic member 4c, an operation portion 5c, and a release portion 6c. In the connecting device 1c, the shapes of the case 2c, the terminal portion 3c, the elastic member 4c and the operating portion 5c, and the movements of the elastic member 4c and the operating portion 5c are different from those of the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. Is the same. Further, the connecting device 1c may include two or more sets of terminal portions 3c, an elastic member 4c, an operating portion 5c, and a releasing portion 6c in the case 2c, substantially similar to the connecting device 1.

 端子部3cは、ケース2cに固定された導電性の略板状の部材である。端子部3cは、例えば金属製である。弾性部材4cは、ケース2cに取り付けられた弾性変形可能な部材である。弾性部材4cは、例えば、略帯状の板バネである。弾性部材4cは、金属等の導電材料により形成されてもよく、樹脂等の絶縁材料により形成されてもよい。弾性部材4cは、長手方向の中央部にて略L字状、略V字状または略U字状に折り曲げられた形状を有する。 The terminal portion 3c is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2c. The terminal portion 3c is made of metal, for example. The elastic member 4c is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2c. The elastic member 4c is, for example, a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring. The elastic member 4c may be formed of a conductive material such as metal, or may be formed of an insulating material such as resin. The elastic member 4c has a shape bent in a substantially L-shape, a substantially V-shape, or a substantially U-shape at the central portion in the longitudinal direction.

 弾性部材4cは、上述の弾性部材4と同様に、屈曲部41cと、固定部42cと、可動部43cとを備える。可動部43cの先端部(すなわち、図30中の左端部)は、端子部3cに下側から接触している。これにより、後述する電線の挿入経路が、ケース2cの右側に設けられた挿入穴21cの内側において閉鎖されている。また、可動部43cは、操作部5cに下側から接触している。可動部43cは、後述するように、操作部5cにより下方へと押されることにより、弾性変形して下向きに撓み、端子部3cから下方へと離間する。また、可動部43cに対する下向きの押圧力がなくなると、可動部43cは復元力により元の状態に戻る(すなわち、弾性復帰する)。 The elastic member 4c includes a bent portion 41c, a fixed portion 42c, and a movable portion 43c, similarly to the elastic member 4 described above. The tip end portion (that is, the left end portion in FIG. 30) of the movable portion 43c is in contact with the terminal portion 3c from below. As a result, the insertion path for the electric wire, which will be described later, is closed inside the insertion hole 21c provided on the right side of the case 2c. Further, the movable portion 43c is in contact with the operation portion 5c from below. As will be described later, the movable portion 43c is elastically deformed and flexed downward by being pushed downward by the operating portion 5c, and is separated from the terminal portion 3c downward. Further, when the downward pressing force on the movable portion 43c disappears, the movable portion 43c returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.

 操作部5cは、進退部56cと、駆動部52cとを備える。進退部56cは、正面視において下端部に1つの頂点が位置する略五角形状の板状部であり、ケース2cの内部(すなわち、ケース2cの外縁よりも内側)に配置される。進退部56cは、厚さ方向において端子部3cと重なり、図30中において端子部3cの奥側に位置する。 The operation unit 5c includes an advancing / retreating unit 56c and a driving unit 52c. The advancing / retreating portion 56c is a substantially pentagonal plate-shaped portion in which one apex is located at the lower end portion in the front view, and is arranged inside the case 2c (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2c). The advancing / retreating portion 56c overlaps with the terminal portion 3c in the thickness direction and is located on the back side of the terminal portion 3c in FIG. 30.

 進退部56cの上端部の形状は、正面視において上方に向かって凸である略円弧状である。進退部56cの上端は、ケース2cの上端部の内面25cに下側から接触する。ケース2cの内面25cは、正面視において左右方向に略直線状に延びる略平面である。進退部56cの下端部は、ケース2cの内面25cに沿って延びる弾性部材4cの可動部43cに上側から接触する。すなわち、操作部5cの進退部56cは、上下方向において弾性部材4cとケース2cの内面25cとの間に位置する。 The shape of the upper end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c is a substantially arc shape that is convex upward in the front view. The upper end of the advancing / retreating portion 56c comes into contact with the inner surface 25c of the upper end portion of the case 2c from below. The inner surface 25c of the case 2c is a substantially flat surface extending substantially linearly in the left-right direction in the front view. The lower end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c comes into contact with the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c extending along the inner surface 25c of the case 2c from above. That is, the advancing / retreating portion 56c of the operating portion 5c is located between the elastic member 4c and the inner surface 25c of the case 2c in the vertical direction.

 ケース2cの内面25cと弾性部材4cの可動部43cとの間の上下方向の距離は、図30中の右側から左側へと向かうに従って減少する。弾性部材4cの可動部43cは、第1傾斜部432cと、第2傾斜部433cとを備える。第1傾斜部432cは、可動部43cの先端から略中央に至る部位であり、第2傾斜部433cは、第1傾斜部432cの右端から屈曲部41cの方へ向かう部位である。第1傾斜部432cおよび第2傾斜部433cは、図30中の左方に向かうに従ってケース2cの内面25c近づくように傾斜している。正面視において、第1傾斜部432cと内面25cとの成す角度(鋭角)は、第2傾斜部433cと内面25cとの成す角度(鋭角)よりも小さい。図30に示す初期状態では、進退部56cは、下端部の左側面にて可動部43cの第2傾斜部433cに接触している。進退部56cの当該左側面は、正面視において、初期状態における第2傾斜部433cと略平行に延びる。 The vertical distance between the inner surface 25c of the case 2c and the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c decreases from the right side to the left side in FIG. 30. The movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c includes a first inclined portion 432c and a second inclined portion 433c. The first inclined portion 432c is a portion extending from the tip of the movable portion 43c to substantially the center, and the second inclined portion 433c is a portion toward the bent portion 41c from the right end of the first inclined portion 432c. The first inclined portion 432c and the second inclined portion 433c are inclined so as to approach the inner surface 25c of the case 2c toward the left in FIG. 30. In front view, the angle (acute angle) formed by the first inclined portion 432c and the inner surface 25c is smaller than the angle (acute angle) formed by the second inclined portion 433c and the inner surface 25c. In the initial state shown in FIG. 30, the advancing / retreating portion 56c is in contact with the second inclined portion 433c of the movable portion 43c on the left side surface of the lower end portion. The left side surface of the advancing / retreating portion 56c extends substantially parallel to the second inclined portion 433c in the initial state in the front view.

 駆動部52cは、進退部56cの右端部から右側へと延び、ケース2cから右方へと突出する略棒状の部位である。図30に示す例では、進退部56cおよび駆動部52cがケース2cと部分的に接触することにより、操作部5cがこれ以上右側へと移動することが制限されている。 The drive unit 52c is a substantially rod-shaped portion that extends from the right end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c to the right side and protrudes to the right from the case 2c. In the example shown in FIG. 30, the advancing / retreating portion 56c and the driving portion 52c are partially in contact with the case 2c, so that the operating portion 5c is restricted from moving further to the right.

 接続機器1cでは、駆動部52cが左方へと押されることにより、進退部56cが、ケース2cの内部においてケース2cの内面25cおよび弾性部材4cの可動部43cに接触しつつ、内面25cに沿って図30中の左方に略直線的に移動する。以下の説明では、進退部56cの移動方向である図30中の左右方向を「進退方向」とも呼ぶ。また、進退部56cの進退方向への移動をガイドするケース2cの内面25cを「ガイド面25c」とも呼ぶ。 In the connected device 1c, when the drive portion 52c is pushed to the left, the advancing / retreating portion 56c is in contact with the inner surface 25c of the case 2c and the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c inside the case 2c, and along the inner surface 25c. It moves substantially linearly to the left in FIG. 30. In the following description, the left-right direction in FIG. 30, which is the moving direction of the advancing / retreating portion 56c, is also referred to as “advancing / retreating direction”. Further, the inner surface 25c of the case 2c that guides the movement of the advancing / retreating portion 56c in the advancing / retreating direction is also referred to as a “guide surface 25c”.

 解除部6cは、操作部5cよりも左側に配置される略逆L字状の板状部材である。解除部6cは、ケース2cに設けられた厚さ方向に延びる略円柱状の回転軸24cを中心として、厚さ方向に略垂直な面内において回転可能にケース2cにより支持される。回転軸24cは、左右方向に略平行に延びる端子部3cの左端部よりも左側かつ上側に位置する。 The release portion 6c is a substantially inverted L-shaped plate-shaped member arranged on the left side of the operation portion 5c. The release portion 6c is rotatably supported by the case 2c in a plane substantially perpendicular to the thickness direction around a substantially columnar rotating shaft 24c provided in the case 2c extending in the thickness direction. The rotation shaft 24c is located on the left side and above the left end portion of the terminal portion 3c extending substantially parallel to the left-right direction.

 解除部6cは、回転軸24cから下方へと延びる解除下部61cと、回転軸24cから右方(すなわち、操作部5cの進退部56cへと向かう方向)へと延びる解除上部62cと、を備える。解除下部61cは、端子部3cの左端部よりも左側に位置し、端子部3cよりも下側まで延びる。解除下部61cは、電線の挿入経路上に位置する。解除上部62cは、端子部3cの上方に位置する。 The release portion 6c includes a release lower portion 61c extending downward from the rotation shaft 24c, and a release upper portion 62c extending from the rotation shaft 24c to the right (that is, in the direction toward the advancing / retreating portion 56c of the operation unit 5c). The release lower portion 61c is located on the left side of the left end portion of the terminal portion 3c and extends below the terminal portion 3c. The release lower portion 61c is located on the insertion path of the electric wire. The release upper portion 62c is located above the terminal portion 3c.

 次に、接続機器1cに対する電線の接続の流れについて説明する。まず、図30に示す初期状態において、作業者は、指先等を操作部5cの駆動部52cに接触させ、駆動部52cを左方へと移動させてケース2c内に押し込む。これにより、進退部56cが、ガイド面25cおよび弾性部材4cの可動部43cに接触しつつ、図30中の右側から左側へと(すなわち、所定の進退方向の一方側から他方側へと)移動する。 Next, the flow of connecting the electric wire to the connecting device 1c will be described. First, in the initial state shown in FIG. 30, the operator brings the fingertip or the like into contact with the drive unit 52c of the operation unit 5c, moves the drive unit 52c to the left, and pushes it into the case 2c. As a result, the advancing / retreating portion 56c moves from the right side to the left side in FIG. 30 (that is, from one side to the other side in a predetermined advancing / retreating direction) while contacting the guide surface 25c and the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c. do.

 操作部5cが移動すると、図31に示すように、弾性部材4cの可動部43cが進退部56cにより下方へと押し下げられ、端子部3cから下方に離間する。図31に示す移動途上の操作部5cでは、第1部位513cに作用する弾性部材4cの復元力ベクトル81cが、第1部位513cと第2部位514cとを結ぶ仮想的な直線である基準線82cから右側にずれている。このため、進退部56cには、図31中の右方に向かう力が作用しており、作業者が駆動部52cをケース2c内に押し込み続けていないと、弾性部材4cおよび操作部5cは、図30に示す初期状態へと戻る。 When the operating portion 5c moves, as shown in FIG. 31, the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c is pushed downward by the advancing / retreating portion 56c, and is separated downward from the terminal portion 3c. In the moving operation unit 5c shown in FIG. 31, the restoring force vector 81c of the elastic member 4c acting on the first portion 513c is a reference line 82c which is a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513c and the second portion 514c. It is shifted to the right from. For this reason, a force toward the right in FIG. 31 is acting on the advancing / retreating portion 56c, and the elastic member 4c and the operating portion 5c must keep pushing the driving portion 52c into the case 2c. It returns to the initial state shown in FIG.

 なお、第1部位513cは、操作部5cのうち弾性部材4cの復元力が作用する部位であり、具体的には、進退部56cの下端部のうち弾性部材4cと接触する部位である。図31に示す状態では、第1部位513cは、進退部56cの下端部の左側面のうち、弾性部材4cの可動部43cの第2傾斜部433cと接触する部位である。また、第2部位514cは、操作部5cのうち当該復元力に対する反力が生じる部位であり、具体的には、ガイド面25cに接触する進退部56cの上端である。 The first portion 513c is a portion of the operating portion 5c on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4c acts, and specifically, a portion of the lower end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c that comes into contact with the elastic member 4c. In the state shown in FIG. 31, the first portion 513c is a portion of the left side surface of the lower end portion of the advancing / retreating portion 56c that comes into contact with the second inclined portion 433c of the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c. Further, the second portion 514c is a portion of the operating portion 5c where a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated, and specifically, is the upper end of the advancing / retreating portion 56c in contact with the guide surface 25c.

 作業者は、図32に示す非結線状態まで、操作部5cを弾性部材4cの復元力に抗して押し込む。当該非結線状態では、第1部位513cに作用する弾性部材4cの復元力ベクトル81cが、第1部位513cと第2部位514cとを結ぶ基準線82cに略重なる。非結線状態では、第1部位513cは進退部56cの下端であり、弾性部材4cの可動部43cの第1傾斜部432cと接触する。また、第1傾斜部432cは、進退部56cの下端と接触する位置において、ガイド面25cと略平行となっている。これにより、弾性部材4cの復元力と、操作部5cに生じる当該復元力に対する反力とが釣り合う。 The operator pushes the operation unit 5c against the restoring force of the elastic member 4c until the unconnected state shown in FIG. 32. In the non-connected state, the restoring force vector 81c of the elastic member 4c acting on the first portion 513c substantially overlaps with the reference line 82c connecting the first portion 513c and the second portion 514c. In the non-connected state, the first portion 513c is the lower end of the advancing / retreating portion 56c and comes into contact with the first inclined portion 432c of the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c. Further, the first inclined portion 432c is substantially parallel to the guide surface 25c at a position where it contacts the lower end of the advancing / retreating portion 56c. As a result, the restoring force of the elastic member 4c and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5c are balanced.

 このため、進退部56cには、上述の右方に向かう力も、左方に向かう力も作用しない。したがって、作業者が駆動部52cから指を離しても(すなわち、作業者が操作部5cに力を加えていない状態であっても)、操作部5cの進退方向の位置は図32に示す非結線状態で安定的に維持される。また、弾性部材4cの状態も非結線状態で安定的に維持(すなわち、仮止め)される。図32に示す非結線状態は、弾性部材4cが撓んだ状態で仮止めされた仮止め状態である。当該非結線状態では、操作部5cの左端部は、解除部6cの解除上部62cに右側から接触する。接続機器1cでは、操作部5cは、弾性部材4cの復元力が作用する第1部位513c、および、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514cをそれぞれ1つのみ備える。これにより、接続機器1cの構造を簡素化することができる。 Therefore, neither the above-mentioned force toward the right nor the force toward the left acts on the advancing / retreating portion 56c. Therefore, even if the operator releases his finger from the drive unit 52c (that is, even when the operator does not apply force to the operation unit 5c), the position of the operation unit 5c in the advancing / retreating direction is not shown in FIG. 32. It is maintained stably in the connected state. Further, the state of the elastic member 4c is also stably maintained (that is, temporarily fixed) in the non-wired state. The non-connection state shown in FIG. 32 is a temporary fixing state in which the elastic member 4c is temporarily fixed in a bent state. In the non-connected state, the left end portion of the operation portion 5c comes into contact with the release upper portion 62c of the release portion 6c from the right side. In the connecting device 1c, the operation unit 5c includes only one first portion 513c on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4c acts and a second portion 514c on which the reaction force against the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1c.

 接続機器1cでは、操作部5cは、図32に示す状態よりもさらに図中の左側へと移動されてもよい。この場合、弾性部材4cの形状は、図32に示すものからほとんど変化せず、弾性部材4cの復元力と、操作部5cに生じる当該復元力に対する反力とは釣り合ったままである。したがって、操作部5cの進退方向の位置、および、弾性部材4cの状態(すなわち、仮止め状態)が安定的に維持される。 In the connected device 1c, the operation unit 5c may be moved further to the left side in the figure than in the state shown in FIG. 32. In this case, the shape of the elastic member 4c hardly changes from that shown in FIG. 32, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4c and the reaction force to the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5c remain in balance. Therefore, the position of the operating portion 5c in the advancing / retreating direction and the state of the elastic member 4c (that is, the temporarily fixed state) are stably maintained.

 なお、接続機器1cでは、図14に示す接続機器1と略同様に、操作部5cが図32に示す位置よりもさらに左方に移動し、弾性部材4cがさらに撓んだ状態で操作部5cの位置が維持されてもよい。当該構造は、例えば、弾性部材4cの第1傾斜部432cを、図32中における進退部56cとの接触部よりも少し先端側(すなわち、左側)において、僅かに上側へと屈曲させることにより実現される。この場合、復元力ベクトル81cは、基準線82cよりも僅かに左側に傾き、進退部56cに作用する力は左向きとなる。すなわち、弾性部材4cから進退部56cに対して、操作部5cを左方へと移動させようとする力が働く。また、弾性部材4cから進退部56cに対して、操作部5cを右方へと移動させて初期状態へと戻す方向の力は働かない。したがって、操作部5cの位置が安定的に維持され、端子部3cから離間した状態における弾性部材4cの形状を安定的に維持することができる。 In the connected device 1c, the operation unit 5c moves further to the left from the position shown in FIG. 32, and the elastic member 4c is further bent in the operation unit 5c, substantially similar to the connection device 1 shown in FIG. The position of may be maintained. The structure is realized, for example, by bending the first inclined portion 432c of the elastic member 4c slightly upward from the contact portion with the advancing / retreating portion 56c in FIG. 32 on the tip side (that is, the left side). Will be done. In this case, the restoring force vector 81c is slightly tilted to the left of the reference line 82c, and the force acting on the advancing / retreating portion 56c is directed to the left. That is, a force that tends to move the operating portion 5c to the left acts on the advancing / retreating portion 56c from the elastic member 4c. Further, no force acts on the advancing / retreating portion 56c from the elastic member 4c in the direction of moving the operating portion 5c to the right and returning it to the initial state. Therefore, the position of the operating portion 5c can be stably maintained, and the shape of the elastic member 4c in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3c can be stably maintained.

 接続機器1cが非結線状態とされると、図33に示すように、電線91が、ケース2cの挿入穴21cからケース2c内へと所定の挿入方向に沿って挿入され、端子部3cと非結線状態の弾性部材4cとの間に位置する。電線91のケース2cに対する挿入方向は、左右方向に略平行な方向である。電線91の種類および直径等は、上記と同様である。 When the connected device 1c is in the non-connected state, as shown in FIG. 33, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2c from the insertion hole 21c of the case 2c along a predetermined insertion direction, and is not connected to the terminal portion 3c. It is located between the elastic member 4c in the connected state. The insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2c is a direction substantially parallel to the left-right direction. The type and diameter of the electric wire 91 are the same as described above.

 電線91の先端は、ケース2c内において、解除部6cの解除下部61cに直接的に接触する。図33に示す例では、解除下部61cの右側の側面が、電線91の先端と直接的に接触し、当該先端から周囲に広がる受け面611cである。受け面611cは、電線91の挿入方向において端子部3cおよび弾性部材4cの可動部43cよりも奥側に位置し、電線91の挿入方向に対して略垂直な方向に沿って周囲に広がる。 The tip of the electric wire 91 directly contacts the release lower portion 61c of the release portion 6c in the case 2c. In the example shown in FIG. 33, the right side surface of the release lower portion 61c is a receiving surface 611c that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91 and extends from the tip to the periphery. The receiving surface 611c is located behind the movable portion 43c of the terminal portion 3c and the elastic member 4c in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91, and spreads around along a direction substantially perpendicular to the insertion direction of the electric wire 91.

 電線91は、先端を解除下部61cの受け面611cに接触させた状態で、挿入方向の奥側へと移動される。これにより、図34に示すように、受け面611cが当該挿入方向の奥側に向かって押され、解除部6cが回転軸24cを中心として図34中における時計回りに少し回転する。これにより、解除上部62cが進退部56cを図34中の右方へと押す。すなわち、電線91が押し込まれることにより生じた力は、電線91に直接的に接触する解除部6cを介して、操作部5cに間接的に付与される。そして、操作部5cが右方へと少し移動し、進退方向における操作部5cの位置が変更される。操作部5cの移動方向は、電線91の挿入方向の奥側から手前側へと向かう方向である。 The electric wire 91 is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction with the tip in contact with the receiving surface 611c of the release lower portion 61c. As a result, as shown in FIG. 34, the receiving surface 611c is pushed toward the inner side in the insertion direction, and the release portion 6c rotates slightly clockwise in FIG. 34 about the rotation shaft 24c. As a result, the release upper portion 62c pushes the advance / retreat portion 56c to the right in FIG. 34. That is, the force generated by pushing the electric wire 91 is indirectly applied to the operation unit 5c via the release unit 6c that directly contacts the electric wire 91. Then, the operation unit 5c moves slightly to the right, and the position of the operation unit 5c in the advancing / retreating direction is changed. The moving direction of the operation unit 5c is a direction from the back side to the front side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91.

 これにより、図34に示すように、操作部5cのうち弾性部材4cに接触する部位が、操作部5cの下端から下端部の左側面へと変更され、弾性部材4cのうち操作部5cに接触する部位が、第1傾斜部432cから第2傾斜部433cへと変更される。また、復元力ベクトル81cは、基準線82cから図34中の右側にずれ、弾性部材4cの復元力により、進退部56cに右方に向かう力が作用する。その結果、操作部5cがさらに右方へと移動するとともに、弾性部材4cが非結線状態から復元する。 As a result, as shown in FIG. 34, the portion of the operating portion 5c that comes into contact with the elastic member 4c is changed from the lower end of the operating portion 5c to the left side surface of the lower end portion, and comes into contact with the operating portion 5c of the elastic member 4c. The portion to be used is changed from the first inclined portion 432c to the second inclined portion 433c. Further, the restoring force vector 81c deviates from the reference line 82c to the right side in FIG. 34, and a force toward the right side acts on the advancing / retreating portion 56c due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4c. As a result, the operation unit 5c further moves to the right, and the elastic member 4c is restored from the unconnected state.

 そして、図35に示すように、弾性部材4cは、電線91を端子部3cとの間に挟持する結線状態へと移行し、電線91と端子部3cとが電気的かつ機械的に接続される。換言すれば、電線91が接続機器1cに挿入された後、自動的に(すなわち、電線91以外の工具や指を利用した作業者による操作部5cの操作無しで)結線される。作業者は、例えば、弾性部材4cの可動部43cにより電線91が端子部3cに押し付けられる際に生じる振動や音等により、結線状態への移行を認識してもよい。当該振動や音は、例えば、弾性部材4c、電線91、端子部3c、操作部5cおよびケース2cのうち一の部材が他の部材と衝突することにより生じる。接続機器1cでは、当該振動や音等の発生を促進させ、あるいは、当該振動や音等を増幅する様々な構造が採用されてもよい。 Then, as shown in FIG. 35, the elastic member 4c shifts to a wiring state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3c, and the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3c are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. .. In other words, after the electric wire 91 is inserted into the connecting device 1c, the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5c by an operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger). The operator may recognize, for example, the transition to the connection state by vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3c by the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c. The vibration or sound is generated by, for example, one member of the elastic member 4c, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3c, the operation portion 5c, and the case 2c colliding with the other member. In the connected device 1c, various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.

 結線状態における接続機器1cでは、操作部5cの駆動部52cの位置(すなわち、進退方向における位置)が、非結線状態における駆動部52cの位置と異なる。したがって、作業者は、駆動部52cの位置を視認することにより、接続機器1cが非結線状態から結線状態に移行したことを容易に認識することができる。作業者は、上記と同様に、駆動部52cの位置を視認することにより、接続機器1cが初期状態であることも容易に認識することができる。すなわち、操作部5cの駆動部52cは、弾性部材4cの状態を示す視認可能な識別部である。 In the connected device 1c in the connected state, the position of the drive unit 52c of the operation unit 5c (that is, the position in the advancing / retreating direction) is different from the position of the drive unit 52c in the non-connected state. Therefore, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1c has changed from the non-connected state to the connected state by visually recognizing the position of the drive unit 52c. Similarly to the above, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1c is in the initial state by visually recognizing the position of the drive unit 52c. That is, the drive unit 52c of the operation unit 5c is a visible identification unit that indicates the state of the elastic member 4c.

 電線91を接続機器1cから取り外す際には、例えば、作業者が指先等を操作部5cの駆動部52cに接触させ、駆動部52cを左方へと移動させてケース2c内に押し込む。操作部5cが図33に示す非結線状態まで移動すると、上述のように、復元力ベクトル81c(図32参照)が基準線82cと略重なり、弾性部材4cは、電線91から下方へと離間した非結線状態にて維持される。これにより、弾性部材4cおよび端子部3cによる電線91の挟持が解除される。作業者は、挿入穴21cから電線91を引っ張り出すことで、電線91を接続機器1cから容易に取り外すことができる。 When removing the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1c, for example, an operator brings a fingertip or the like into contact with the drive unit 52c of the operation unit 5c, moves the drive unit 52c to the left, and pushes it into the case 2c. When the operation unit 5c moved to the non-connected state shown in FIG. 33, the restoring force vector 81c (see FIG. 32) substantially overlapped with the reference line 82c, and the elastic member 4c was separated downward from the electric wire 91 as described above. It is maintained in a non-connected state. As a result, the pinching of the electric wire 91 by the elastic member 4c and the terminal portion 3c is released. The operator can easily remove the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1c by pulling out the electric wire 91 from the insertion hole 21c.

 以上に説明したように、電線91が接続される接続機器1cは、ケース2cと、導電性の端子部3cと、弾性部材4cと、操作部5cと、を備える。端子部3cは、ケース2cに固定される。弾性部材4cは、ケース2cに取り付けられ、復元力により電線91を端子部3cに押し付けて挟持する。操作部5cは、弾性部材4cに力を付与して初期状態から非結線状態へと撓ませて、非結線状態にて維持する。操作部5cは、弾性部材4cの復元力が作用する第1部位513cと、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514cと、を備える。当該復元力のベクトルを復元力ベクトル81cとし、第1部位513cと第2部位514cとを結ぶ直線を基準線82cとする。 As described above, the connecting device 1c to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2c, a conductive terminal portion 3c, an elastic member 4c, and an operating portion 5c. The terminal portion 3c is fixed to the case 2c. The elastic member 4c is attached to the case 2c, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3c by the restoring force to be sandwiched. The operation unit 5c applies a force to the elastic member 4c to bend it from the initial state to the unconnected state, and maintains the unconnected state. The operation unit 5c includes a first portion 513c on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4c acts, and a second portion 514c on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. The restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81c, and the straight line connecting the first portion 513c and the second portion 514c is defined as the reference line 82c.

 弾性部材4cが非結線状態であるとき、復元力ベクトル81cが基準線82cと略重なって上記復元力と上記反力とが釣り合うことにより、操作部5cの位置が維持されて弾性部材4cの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。また、端子部3cと非結線状態の弾性部材4cとの間に電線91が挿入された状態で、操作部5cの位置が変更されて復元力ベクトル81cが基準線82cからずれることにより、上記復元力により弾性部材4cが非結線状態から復元し、電線91を端子部3cとの間に挟持する結線状態へと移行する。 When the elastic member 4c is in the non-connection state, the restoring force vector 81c substantially overlaps with the reference line 82c and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion 5c is maintained and the elastic member 4c is in a state. Is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3c and the elastic member 4c in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5c is changed and the restoring force vector 81c deviates from the reference line 82c. The elastic member 4c is restored from the non-connected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the terminal portion 3c and the electric wire 91.

 接続機器1cを上記構造とすることにより、操作部5cを非結線状態にて係止するための段差部等の他の構造を設ける必要がなくなるため、接続機器1cの構造を簡素化することができる。また、操作部5cをケース2cの段差部等に係止する場合と異なり、当該段差部の摩耗等による係止不具合等を防止し、接続機器1cの長寿命化を実現することができる。 By adopting the above structure for the connected device 1c, it is not necessary to provide another structure such as a stepped portion for locking the operation unit 5c in a non-connected state, so that the structure of the connected device 1c can be simplified. can. Further, unlike the case where the operation portion 5c is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2c, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1c.

 上述のように、接続機器1cでは、非結線状態における弾性部材4cをさらに撓ませた状態においても、操作部5cの位置が維持されることが好ましい。このとき、弾性部材4cの復元力により進退部56cに作用する力は、操作部5cを結線状態および初期状態へと戻す向きとは反対向きである。これにより、端子部3cから離間した状態における弾性部材4cの形状をさらに安定的に維持することができる。 As described above, in the connecting device 1c, it is preferable that the position of the operating portion 5c is maintained even when the elastic member 4c in the non-connected state is further bent. At this time, the force acting on the advancing / retreating portion 56c due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4c is opposite to the direction in which the operating portion 5c is returned to the connection state and the initial state. As a result, the shape of the elastic member 4c in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3c can be maintained more stably.

 接続機器1cでは、好ましくは、ケース2cは、直線状に延びるガイド面25cを備え、弾性部材4cは、ガイド面25cに沿って延びている。また、操作部5cは、好ましくは、弾性部材4cとガイド面25cとの間に位置し、第1部位513cおよび第2部位514cにて弾性部材4cおよびガイド面25cにそれぞれ接触しつつ所定の進退方向(上述の例では、図30中の左右方向)に直線的に移動する進退部56cを備える。弾性部材4cとガイド面25cとの間の距離は、当該進退方向の一方側から他方側に向かうに従って(上述の例では、図30中の右側から左側に向かうに従って)減少する。好ましくは、弾性部材4cの非結線状態への移行時には、進退部56cが当該進退方向の上記一方側から他方側へと(上述の例では、図30中の左方へと)移動することにより弾性部材4cが撓み、第1部位513cと接触する位置にて弾性部材4cがガイド面25cと略平行となる。そして、復元力ベクトル81cが基準線82cと略重なることにより、操作部5cの進退方向の位置が維持されて弾性部材4cの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。また、好ましくは、電線91を結線する際には、操作部5cが進退方向の上記他方側から一方側へと(上述の例では、図30中の右方へと)移動することにより、復元力ベクトル81cが基準線82cからずれ、復元力により弾性部材4cが非結線状態から結線状態へと移行する。これにより、弾性部材4cの非結線状態への移行および非結線状態での維持、並びに、非結線状態から結線状態への移行を、簡素な構造で実現することができる。 In the connecting device 1c, preferably, the case 2c includes a guide surface 25c extending linearly, and the elastic member 4c extends along the guide surface 25c. Further, the operation unit 5c is preferably located between the elastic member 4c and the guide surface 25c, and the first portion 513c and the second portion 514c are in contact with the elastic member 4c and the guide surface 25c, respectively, and advance or retreat. The advance / retreat portion 56c that moves linearly in a direction (in the above-mentioned example, the left-right direction in FIG. 30) is provided. The distance between the elastic member 4c and the guide surface 25c decreases from one side to the other side in the advancing / retreating direction (in the above example, from the right side to the left side in FIG. 30). Preferably, when the elastic member 4c shifts to the non-connected state, the advancing / retreating portion 56c moves from one side of the advancing / retreating direction to the other side (in the above example, to the left in FIG. 30). The elastic member 4c bends, and the elastic member 4c becomes substantially parallel to the guide surface 25c at a position where it comes into contact with the first portion 513c. Then, when the restoring force vector 81c substantially overlaps with the reference line 82c, the position of the operating portion 5c in the advancing / retreating direction is maintained, and the state of the elastic member 4c is maintained in the non-connected state. Further, preferably, when connecting the electric wire 91, the operation unit 5c is restored by moving from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to one side (in the above example, to the right in FIG. 30). The force vector 81c deviates from the reference line 82c, and the elastic member 4c shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state due to the restoring force. Thereby, the transition of the elastic member 4c to the non-connected state and the maintenance in the non-connected state, and the transition from the non-connected state to the connected state can be realized with a simple structure.

 上述の接続機器1cでは、電線91を結線する際には、挿入された電線91から解除部6cを介して操作部5cに間接的に力が伝達されることにより、操作部5cが進退方向の上記他方側から上記一方側へと移動して復元力ベクトル81cが基準線82cからずれるが、必ずしもこれには限定されない。例えば、挿入された電線91から操作部5cに直接的に力が伝達されることにより、操作部5cが進退方向の上記他方側から上記一方側へと移動してもよい。すなわち、接続機器1cでは、電線91を結線する際に、挿入された電線91から操作部5cに直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、操作部5cが進退方向の上記他方側から上記一方側へと移動して復元力ベクトル81cが基準線82cからずれることが好ましい。これにより、電線91の挿入等の操作のみで電線91が結線される自動結線が実現されるため、接続機器1cへの電線91の接続を容易とすることができる。 In the above-mentioned connection device 1c, when the electric wire 91 is connected, the force is indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5c via the release unit 6c, so that the operation unit 5c moves in the advancing / retreating direction. The restoring force vector 81c moves from the other side to the one side and deviates from the reference line 82c, but is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the operation unit 5c may move from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to the one side by directly transmitting a force from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5c. That is, in the connecting device 1c, when the electric wire 91 is connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5c, so that the operation unit 5c moves from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction. It is preferable that the restoring force vector 81c deviates from the reference line 82c by moving to the one side. As a result, automatic connection is realized in which the electric wires 91 are connected only by an operation such as inserting the electric wires 91, so that the electric wires 91 can be easily connected to the connecting device 1c.

 接続機器1cでは、弾性部材4cの可動部43cは、結線状態で電線91に直接的に接触する電線接触部である。好ましくは、少なくとも弾性部材4cが非結線状態から結線状態に移行する際に、当該電線接触部の移動経路は操作部5cの移動領域と重ならない。これにより、弾性部材4cの当該電線接触部が操作部5cに接触して操作部5cの動きを阻害することを防止することができる。 In the connecting device 1c, the movable portion 43c of the elastic member 4c is an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state. Preferably, at least when the elastic member 4c shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state, the moving path of the wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5c. This makes it possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion of the elastic member 4c from coming into contact with the operation portion 5c and hindering the movement of the operation portion 5c.

 接続機器1cでは、操作部5cの一部(上記例では、駆動部52c)がケース2cから突出していることが好ましい。これにより、作業者は、駆動部52cに指先等を接触させ、操作部5cを容易に操作することができる。 In the connected device 1c, it is preferable that a part of the operation unit 5c (in the above example, the drive unit 52c) protrudes from the case 2c. As a result, the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5c by bringing the fingertip or the like into contact with the drive unit 52c.

 接続機器1cでは、弾性部材4cの状態を示す視認可能な識別部(上記例では、駆動部52c)が設けられることが好ましい。これにより、弾性部材4cの状態を容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。 It is preferable that the connecting device 1c is provided with a visible identification unit (driving unit 52c in the above example) indicating the state of the elastic member 4c. Thereby, the state of the elastic member 4c can be easily and quickly recognized.

 駆動部52cは、弾性部材4cが結線状態であるとき、ケース2c内に位置していてもよい。この場合、結線状態において操作部5cの誤操作を防止することができる。駆動部52cは、上述のように、弾性部材4cが非結線状態であるとき、ケース2cから突出している。これにより、結線状態における誤操作を防止しつつ、非結線状態において、マイナスドライバー等の工具を用いず、操作部5cを容易に操作することができる。また、駆動部52cがケース2cから突出しているか否かを視認することにより、弾性部材4cが非結線状態であるか否かを容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。 The drive unit 52c may be located inside the case 2c when the elastic member 4c is in the connected state. In this case, it is possible to prevent erroneous operation of the operation unit 5c in the connected state. As described above, the drive unit 52c protrudes from the case 2c when the elastic member 4c is in the non-connected state. As a result, the operation unit 5c can be easily operated in the non-connection state without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver, while preventing erroneous operation in the connection state. Further, by visually recognizing whether or not the drive unit 52c protrudes from the case 2c, it is possible to easily and quickly recognize whether or not the elastic member 4c is in the non-connection state.

 接続機器1cでは、弾性部材4cは板バネであることが好ましい。これにより、接続機器1cの構造をさらに簡素化することができる。 In the connecting device 1c, the elastic member 4c is preferably a leaf spring. This makes it possible to further simplify the structure of the connected device 1c.

 次に、本発明の第5の実施の形態にかかる接続機器1dについて説明する。図36は、接続機器1dの操作部5d近傍を拡大して示す縦断面図である。図36では、非結線状態の接続機器1dを示す。 Next, the connected device 1d according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 36 is an enlarged vertical sectional view showing the vicinity of the operation unit 5d of the connected device 1d. FIG. 36 shows the connected device 1d in the non-connected state.

 接続機器1dは、ケース2dと、端子部3dと、弾性部材4dと、操作部5dとを備える。接続機器1dでは、ケース2d、端子部3d、弾性部材4dおよび操作部5dの形状、並びに、弾性部材4dおよび操作部5dの動きは、図1に示す接続機器1と異なるが、材質および機能等は同じである。また、接続機器1dは、接続機器1と略同様に、2セット以上の端子部3d、弾性部材4dおよび操作部5dをケース2d内に備えていてもよい。 The connection device 1d includes a case 2d, a terminal portion 3d, an elastic member 4d, and an operation portion 5d. In the connecting device 1d, the shapes of the case 2d, the terminal portion 3d, the elastic member 4d and the operating portion 5d, and the movements of the elastic member 4d and the operating portion 5d are different from those of the connecting device 1 shown in FIG. Is the same. Further, the connecting device 1d may include two or more sets of terminal portions 3d, an elastic member 4d, and an operating portion 5d in the case 2d, substantially similar to the connecting device 1.

 端子部3dは、ケース2dに固定された導電性の略板状の部材である。端子部3dは、例えば金属製である。弾性部材4dは、ケース2dに取り付けられた弾性変形可能な部材である。弾性部材4dは、例えば、略帯状の板バネである。弾性部材4dは、金属等の導電材料により形成されてもよく、樹脂等の絶縁材料により形成されてもよい。弾性部材4dは、長手方向の中央部にて略L字状、略V字状または略U字状に折り曲げられた形状を有する。 The terminal portion 3d is a conductive substantially plate-shaped member fixed to the case 2d. The terminal portion 3d is made of metal, for example. The elastic member 4d is an elastically deformable member attached to the case 2d. The elastic member 4d is, for example, a substantially strip-shaped leaf spring. The elastic member 4d may be formed of a conductive material such as metal, or may be formed of an insulating material such as resin. The elastic member 4d has a shape bent in a substantially L-shape, a substantially V-shape, or a substantially U-shape at the central portion in the longitudinal direction.

 弾性部材4dは、上述の弾性部材4と同様に、屈曲部41dと、固定部42dと、可動部43dとを備える。可動部43dの先端部(すなわち、図36中の下端部)は、端子部3dに上側から接触している。これにより、後述する電線の挿入経路が、ケース2dの右側に設けられた挿入穴21dの内側において閉鎖されている。また、可動部43dは、操作部5dに接触している。可動部43dは、後述するように、操作部5dにより左方へと押されることにより弾性変形して撓み、端子部3dから上方へと離間する。また、可動部43dに対する左向きの押圧力がなくなると、可動部43dは復元力により元の状態に戻る(すなわち、弾性復帰する)。 The elastic member 4d includes a bent portion 41d, a fixed portion 42d, and a movable portion 43d, similarly to the elastic member 4 described above. The tip end portion (that is, the lower end portion in FIG. 36) of the movable portion 43d is in contact with the terminal portion 3d from above. As a result, the insertion path for the electric wire, which will be described later, is closed inside the insertion hole 21d provided on the right side of the case 2d. Further, the movable portion 43d is in contact with the operation portion 5d. As will be described later, the movable portion 43d is elastically deformed and flexed by being pushed to the left by the operating portion 5d, and is separated upward from the terminal portion 3d. Further, when the leftward pressing force on the movable portion 43d disappears, the movable portion 43d returns to the original state (that is, elastically returns) due to the restoring force.

 操作部5dは、回転部57dと、駆動部52dとを備える。回転部57dは、厚さ方向に延びる中心軸を中心とする略円板状または略円柱状の部材である。回転部57dは、ケース2dの内部(すなわち、ケース2dの外縁よりも内側)において、ケース2dの下部に設けられた凹状の操作部載置部26dに載置される。操作部載置部26dの内面261dは、略円筒面の一部である。操作部載置部26dの内面261dは、正面視において略扇形であり、当該扇形の中心角は、例えば約135°である。操作部載置部26dの左端には、左方に向かうに従って上側に向かう傾斜面であるガイド面27dが接続されている。 The operation unit 5d includes a rotation unit 57d and a drive unit 52d. The rotating portion 57d is a member having a substantially disk shape or a substantially columnar shape centered on a central axis extending in the thickness direction. The rotating portion 57d is placed inside the case 2d (that is, inside the outer edge of the case 2d) on a concave operation portion mounting portion 26d provided at the lower part of the case 2d. The inner surface 261d of the operation unit mounting unit 26d is a part of a substantially cylindrical surface. The inner surface 261d of the operation unit mounting unit 26d is substantially fan-shaped in front view, and the central angle of the fan shape is, for example, about 135 °. A guide surface 27d, which is an inclined surface that tends upward toward the left, is connected to the left end of the operation unit mounting unit 26d.

 回転部57dの周方向の一部には、上記中心軸に向かって凹む切り欠き部571dが設けられており、当該周方向の他の一部には、径方向外方へと突出する突起部572dが設けられている。図36に示す例では、切り欠き部571dは、回転部57dの右上部に位置する。また、突起部572dは、回転部57dの下端部に位置する。突起部572dの正面視における形状は、略三角形状である。 A notch 571d recessed toward the central axis is provided in a part of the rotating portion 57d in the circumferential direction, and a protruding portion protruding outward in the radial direction is provided in the other part in the circumferential direction. 572d is provided. In the example shown in FIG. 36, the notch portion 571d is located at the upper right portion of the rotating portion 57d. Further, the protrusion 572d is located at the lower end of the rotating portion 57d. The shape of the protrusion 572d in the front view is substantially triangular.

 切り欠き部571dの正面視における形状は、略矩形状である。切り欠き部571dの右側の端縁(すなわち、切り欠き部571dの中央部から見て時計回り方向に位置する端縁)には、径方向の外端部から切り欠き部571dの内側へと突出する(すなわち、反時計回りに突出する)切欠突出部573dが設けられる。切欠突出部573dの正面視における形状は、略三角形状である。切り欠き部571dの左側の端縁(すなわち、切り欠き部571dの中央部から見て反時計回り方向に位置する端縁)には、厚さ方向に広がる略平板状の電線受け部574dが設けられる。切り欠き部571dは、厚さ方向において端子部3dと重なり、図36中において端子部3dの奥側に位置する。 The shape of the notch portion 571d in the front view is substantially rectangular. The right edge of the notch 571d (ie, the edge located clockwise when viewed from the center of the notch 571d) protrudes inward from the radial outer edge to the inside of the notch 571d. A notched protrusion 573d is provided (ie, protruding counterclockwise). The shape of the notch protrusion 573d in the front view is substantially triangular. A substantially flat plate-shaped wire receiving portion 574d extending in the thickness direction is provided at the left edge of the notch 571d (that is, the edge located counterclockwise when viewed from the center of the notch 571d). Be done. The cutout portion 571d overlaps with the terminal portion 3d in the thickness direction and is located on the inner side of the terminal portion 3d in FIG. 36.

 駆動部52dは、回転部57dの左端部から上方へと延び、ケース2dから上方へと突出する略棒状の部位である。図36に示す例では、駆動部52dがケース2dと部分的に接触することにより、回転部57dがこれ以上時計回りに回転することが制限されている。なお、回転部57dは、図36に示す初期状態から、操作部載置部26dの内面261dに沿って反時計回りに回転可能である。また、回転部57dは、図36に示す位置からガイド面27dに沿って図36中の左方へと移動可能である。 The drive portion 52d is a substantially rod-shaped portion that extends upward from the left end portion of the rotating portion 57d and protrudes upward from the case 2d. In the example shown in FIG. 36, the rotating portion 57d is restricted from further rotating clockwise due to the partial contact of the driving portion 52d with the case 2d. The rotating portion 57d can rotate counterclockwise along the inner surface 261d of the operating portion mounting portion 26d from the initial state shown in FIG. 36. Further, the rotating portion 57d can move from the position shown in FIG. 36 to the left in FIG. 36 along the guide surface 27d.

 次に、接続機器1dに対する電線の接続の流れについて説明する。まず、図36に示す初期状態において、作業者は、指先93等を操作部5dの駆動部52dの先端部に接触させて、操作部5dを反時計回りに回転させる。このとき、回転部57dは、操作部載置部26dの内面261dに沿って反時計回りに回転する。 Next, the flow of connecting the electric wire to the connecting device 1d will be described. First, in the initial state shown in FIG. 36, the operator brings the fingertip 93 or the like into contact with the tip of the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d, and rotates the operation unit 5d counterclockwise. At this time, the rotating portion 57d rotates counterclockwise along the inner surface 261d of the operating portion mounting portion 26d.

 操作部5dが回転すると、図37に示すように、回転部57dの切欠突出部573dが弾性部材4dの可動部43dに接触し、可動部43dを左斜め上方へと(すなわち、固定部42dに近づく方向へと)押して移動させる。これにより、弾性部材4dが撓み、可動部43dは端子部3dから上方に離間する。 When the operating portion 5d rotates, as shown in FIG. 37, the notched protrusion 573d of the rotating portion 57d comes into contact with the movable portion 43d of the elastic member 4d, and the movable portion 43d moves diagonally upward to the left (that is, to the fixed portion 42d). Push (to move closer) to move. As a result, the elastic member 4d bends, and the movable portion 43d is separated upward from the terminal portion 3d.

 図37に示すように、回転途上の操作部5dでは、第1部位513dに作用する弾性部材4dの復元力ベクトル81dが、第1部位513dと第2部位514dとを結ぶ仮想的な直線である基準線82dから右側にずれている。このため、回転部57dには、時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用しており、作業者が操作部5dの駆動部52dに力を加え続けていないと、弾性部材4dおよび操作部5dは、図36に示す初期状態へと戻る。なお、第1部位513dは、操作部5dのうち弾性部材4dの復元力が作用する部位であり、具体的には、弾性部材4dの可動部43dと接触する回転部57dの切欠突出部573dの先端部である。また、第2部位514dは、操作部5dのうち当該復元力に対する反力が生じる部位であり、具体的には、操作部載置部26dの内面261dと接触する回転部57dの突起部572dの先端部である。 As shown in FIG. 37, in the rotating operation unit 5d, the restoring force vector 81d of the elastic member 4d acting on the first portion 513d is a virtual straight line connecting the first portion 513d and the second portion 514d. It deviates to the right from the reference line 82d. Therefore, a rotational moment in the clockwise direction acts on the rotating portion 57d, and if the operator does not continue to apply a force to the driving portion 52d of the operating portion 5d, the elastic member 4d and the operating portion 5d are shown in the figure. It returns to the initial state shown in 36. The first portion 513d is a portion of the operating portion 5d on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4d acts. Specifically, the notched protrusion 573d of the rotating portion 57d in contact with the movable portion 43d of the elastic member 4d. It is the tip. Further, the second portion 514d is a portion of the operating portion 5d where a reaction force with respect to the restoring force is generated. Specifically, the protruding portion 572d of the rotating portion 57d in contact with the inner surface 261d of the operating portion mounting portion 26d. It is the tip.

 作業者は、図38に示す非結線状態まで、操作部5dを弾性部材4dの復元力に抗して反時計回りに回転させる。当該非結線状態では、第1部位513dに作用する弾性部材4dの復元力ベクトル81dが、第1部位513dと第2部位514dとを結ぶ基準線82dに略重なる。これにより、弾性部材4dの復元力と、操作部5dに生じる当該復元力に対する反力とが釣り合う。 The operator rotates the operation unit 5d counterclockwise against the restoring force of the elastic member 4d until the unconnected state shown in FIG. 38. In the non-connected state, the restoring force vector 81d of the elastic member 4d acting on the first portion 513d substantially overlaps with the reference line 82d connecting the first portion 513d and the second portion 514d. As a result, the restoring force of the elastic member 4d and the reaction force against the restoring force generated in the operating portion 5d are balanced.

 このため、回転部57dには、上述の時計回り方向の回転モーメントも、反時計回り方向の回転モーメントも作用しない。したがって、作業者が駆動部52dから指先等を離しても(すなわち、作業者が操作部5dに力を加えていない状態であっても)、操作部5dの周方向の位置(すなわち、回転位置)は図38に示す非結線状態で安定的に維持される。また、弾性部材4dの状態も非結線状態で安定的に維持(すなわち、仮止め)される。図38に示す非結線状態は、弾性部材4dが撓んだ状態で仮止めされた仮止め状態である。このとき、操作部5dの電線受け部574dは、後述する電線の挿入経路上に位置する。 Therefore, neither the above-mentioned clockwise rotation moment nor the counterclockwise rotation moment acts on the rotating portion 57d. Therefore, even if the operator separates the fingertip or the like from the drive unit 52d (that is, even when the operator does not apply force to the operation unit 5d), the position in the circumferential direction of the operation unit 5d (that is, the rotation position). ) Is stably maintained in the non-connected state shown in FIG. 38. Further, the state of the elastic member 4d is also stably maintained (that is, temporarily fixed) in the non-wired state. The non-connection state shown in FIG. 38 is a temporary fixing state in which the elastic member 4d is temporarily fixed in a bent state. At this time, the electric wire receiving portion 574d of the operating portion 5d is located on the insertion path of the electric wire described later.

 当該非結線状態では、操作部5dの駆動部52dは、ケース2dのガイド面27dに設けられた凸部に接触する。これにより、操作部5dがこれ以上反時計回り方向に回転しないように、操作部5dの動きが制限される。接続機器1dでは、操作部5dは、弾性部材4dの復元力が作用する第1部位513d、および、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514dをそれぞれ1つのみ備える。これにより、接続機器1dの構造を簡素化することができる。 In the non-connected state, the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d comes into contact with the convex portion provided on the guide surface 27d of the case 2d. As a result, the movement of the operation unit 5d is restricted so that the operation unit 5d does not rotate in the counterclockwise direction any more. In the connecting device 1d, the operation unit 5d includes only one first portion 513d on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4d acts and a second portion 514d on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. This makes it possible to simplify the structure of the connected device 1d.

 なお、接続機器1dでは、図14に示す接続機器1と略同様に、操作部5dが図38に示す回転位置よりもさらに反時計回り方向に回転し、弾性部材4dがさらに撓んだ状態で操作部5dの位置が維持されてもよい。当該構造は、例えば、図38中のケース2dのガイド面27dの傾斜を緩くする(すなわち、水平に近づける)ことにより実現される。この場合、復元力ベクトル81dは、基準線82dよりも僅かに左側に傾き、回転部57dに作用する回転モーメントは反時計回り方向となる。すなわち、弾性部材4dから回転部57dに対して、操作部5dを反時計回りに回転させようとする力が働く。ただし、操作部5dの反時計回り方向への回転は、駆動部52dがケース2dに接触することにより制限される。また、弾性部材4dから回転部57dに対して、操作部5dを時計回りに回転させて初期状態へと戻す方向の力は働かない。したがって、操作部5dの位置(すなわち、回転位置)が安定的に維持され、端子部3dから離間した状態における弾性部材4dの形状を安定的に維持することができる。 In the connected device 1d, similarly to the connected device 1 shown in FIG. 14, the operation unit 5d is further rotated in the counterclockwise direction from the rotation position shown in FIG. 38, and the elastic member 4d is further bent. The position of the operation unit 5d may be maintained. The structure is realized, for example, by making the inclination of the guide surface 27d of the case 2d in FIG. 38 gentle (that is, making it close to horizontal). In this case, the restoring force vector 81d is slightly tilted to the left of the reference line 82d, and the rotational moment acting on the rotating portion 57d is in the counterclockwise direction. That is, a force is applied from the elastic member 4d to the rotating portion 57d to rotate the operating portion 5d counterclockwise. However, the rotation of the operation unit 5d in the counterclockwise direction is limited by the drive unit 52d coming into contact with the case 2d. Further, no force acts on the rotating portion 57d from the elastic member 4d in the direction of rotating the operating portion 5d clockwise to return to the initial state. Therefore, the position of the operation portion 5d (that is, the rotation position) is stably maintained, and the shape of the elastic member 4d in a state separated from the terminal portion 3d can be stably maintained.

 接続機器1dが非結線状態とされると、図39に示すように、電線91が、ケース2dの挿入穴21dからケース2d内へと所定の挿入方向に沿って挿入され、端子部3dと非結線状態の弾性部材4dとの間に位置する。電線91のケース2dに対する挿入方向は、上下方向および左右方向に対して傾斜する斜め方向である。電線91の種類および直径等は、上記と同様である。 When the connected device 1d is in the non-connected state, as shown in FIG. 39, the electric wire 91 is inserted into the case 2d from the insertion hole 21d of the case 2d along a predetermined insertion direction, and is not connected to the terminal portion 3d. It is located between the elastic member 4d in the connected state. The insertion direction of the electric wire 91 with respect to the case 2d is an oblique direction inclined with respect to the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. The type and diameter of the electric wire 91 are the same as described above.

 電線91の先端は、ケース2d内において、操作部5dの電線受け部574dに直接的に接触する。図39に示す例では、電線受け部574dの右側の側面が、電線91の先端と直接的に接触し、当該先端から周囲に広がる受け面575dである。受け面575dは、電線91の挿入方向において、非結線状態の弾性部材4dよりも奥側に位置し、当該挿入方向に対して略垂直な方向に沿って周囲に広がる。なお、受け面575dは、必ずしも当該挿入方向に垂直な面である必要はない。 The tip of the electric wire 91 directly contacts the electric wire receiving portion 574d of the operating portion 5d in the case 2d. In the example shown in FIG. 39, the right side surface of the electric wire receiving portion 574d is a receiving surface 575d that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91 and extends from the tip to the periphery. The receiving surface 575d is located on the back side of the non-connected elastic member 4d in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91, and spreads around along a direction substantially perpendicular to the insertion direction. The receiving surface 575d does not necessarily have to be a surface perpendicular to the insertion direction.

 電線91は、先端を電線受け部574dの受け面575dに接触させた状態で、挿入方向の奥側へと移動される。これにより、電線91から操作部5dに直接的に力が伝達される。そして、受け面575dが当該挿入方向の奥側に向かって押され、図40に示すように、操作部5dが二点鎖線に示す位置から左方(すなわち、電線91の挿入方向の奥側)へと少し移動される。これにより、復元力ベクトル81dが基準線82dから図40中の右側にずれ、弾性部材4dの復元力により、回転部57dに時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用する。その結果、操作部5dがさらに時計回りに回転するとともに、弾性部材4dが非結線状態から復元する。 The electric wire 91 is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction with its tip in contact with the receiving surface 575d of the electric wire receiving portion 574d. As a result, the force is directly transmitted from the electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5d. Then, the receiving surface 575d is pushed toward the back side in the insertion direction, and as shown in FIG. 40, the operation unit 5d is left from the position shown by the alternate long and short dash line (that is, the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91). Moved a little to. As a result, the restoring force vector 81d shifts from the reference line 82d to the right side in FIG. 40, and the restoring force of the elastic member 4d causes a rotational moment in the clockwise direction to act on the rotating portion 57d. As a result, the operation unit 5d further rotates clockwise, and the elastic member 4d is restored from the unconnected state.

 そして、図41に示すように、弾性部材4dは、電線91を端子部3dとの間に挟持する結線状態へと移行し、電線91と端子部3dとが電気的かつ機械的に接続される。換言すれば、電線91が接続機器1dに挿入された後、自動的に(すなわち、電線91以外の工具や指を利用した作業者による操作部5dの操作無しで)結線される。作業者は、例えば、弾性部材4dの可動部43dにより電線91が端子部3dに押し付けられる際に生じる振動や音等により、結線状態への移行を認識してもよい。当該振動や音は、例えば、弾性部材4d、電線91、端子部3d、操作部5dおよびケース2dのうち一の部材が他の部材と衝突することにより生じる。接続機器1dでは、当該振動や音等の発生を促進させ、あるいは、当該振動や音等を増幅する様々な構造が採用されてもよい。 Then, as shown in FIG. 41, the elastic member 4d shifts to a wiring state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3d, and the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3d are electrically and mechanically connected to each other. .. In other words, after the electric wire 91 is inserted into the connecting device 1d, the electric wire 91 is automatically connected (that is, without the operation of the operation unit 5d by the operator using a tool other than the electric wire 91 or a finger). The operator may recognize, for example, the transition to the connection state by vibration or sound generated when the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3d by the movable portion 43d of the elastic member 4d. The vibration or sound is generated when, for example, one member of the elastic member 4d, the electric wire 91, the terminal portion 3d, the operation portion 5d, and the case 2d collides with the other member. In the connected device 1d, various structures may be adopted to promote the generation of the vibration, the sound, or the like, or to amplify the vibration, the sound, or the like.

 結線状態における接続機器1dでは、操作部5dの駆動部52dの位置が、非結線状態における駆動部52dの位置と異なる。したがって、作業者は、駆動部52dの位置を視認することにより、接続機器1dが非結線状態から結線状態に移行したことを容易に認識することができる。作業者は、上記と同様に、駆動部52dの位置を視認することにより、接続機器1dが初期状態であることも容易に認識することができる。すなわち、操作部5dの駆動部52dは、弾性部材4dの状態を示す視認可能な識別部である。 In the connected device 1d in the connected state, the position of the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d is different from the position of the drive unit 52d in the non-wired state. Therefore, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1d has changed from the non-connected state to the connected state by visually recognizing the position of the drive unit 52d. Similarly to the above, the operator can easily recognize that the connected device 1d is in the initial state by visually recognizing the position of the drive unit 52d. That is, the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d is a visible identification unit that indicates the state of the elastic member 4d.

 電線91を接続機器1dから取り外す際には、例えば、作業者が指先やマイナスドライバー等の工具により、操作部5dの駆動部52dを下方へと押し下げる。これにより、操作部5dが図41中の反時計回りに回転する。操作部5dが図39に示す非結線状態まで回転すると、上述のように、復元力ベクトル81d(図38参照)が基準線82dと略重なり、弾性部材4dは、電線91から上方へと離間した非結線状態にて維持される。これにより、弾性部材4dおよび端子部3dによる電線91の挟持が解除される。作業者は、挿入穴21dから電線91を引っ張り出すことで、電線91を接続機器1dから容易に取り外すことができる。 When removing the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1d, for example, the operator pushes down the drive unit 52d of the operation unit 5d with a tool such as a fingertip or a flat-blade screwdriver. As a result, the operation unit 5d rotates counterclockwise in FIG. 41. When the operation unit 5d rotates to the unconnected state shown in FIG. 39, the restoring force vector 81d (see FIG. 38) substantially overlaps with the reference line 82d, and the elastic member 4d is separated upward from the electric wire 91. It is maintained in a non-connected state. As a result, the pinching of the electric wire 91 by the elastic member 4d and the terminal portion 3d is released. The operator can easily remove the electric wire 91 from the connecting device 1d by pulling out the electric wire 91 from the insertion hole 21d.

 以上に説明したように、電線91が接続される接続機器1dは、ケース2dと、導電性の端子部3dと、弾性部材4dと、操作部5dと、を備える。端子部3dは、ケース2dに固定される。弾性部材4dは、ケース2dに取り付けられ、復元力により電線91を端子部3dに押し付けて挟持する。操作部5dは、弾性部材4dに力を付与して初期状態から非結線状態へと撓ませて、非結線状態にて維持する。操作部5dは、弾性部材4dの復元力が作用する第1部位513dと、当該復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位514dと、を備える。当該復元力のベクトルを復元力ベクトル81dとし、第1部位513dと第2部位514dとを結ぶ直線を基準線82dとする。 As described above, the connecting device 1d to which the electric wire 91 is connected includes a case 2d, a conductive terminal portion 3d, an elastic member 4d, and an operation portion 5d. The terminal portion 3d is fixed to the case 2d. The elastic member 4d is attached to the case 2d, and the electric wire 91 is pressed against the terminal portion 3d by a restoring force to be sandwiched. The operation unit 5d applies a force to the elastic member 4d to bend it from the initial state to the unconnected state, and maintains the unconnected state. The operation unit 5d includes a first portion 513d on which the restoring force of the elastic member 4d acts, and a second portion 514d on which a reaction force against the restoring force is generated. The restoring force vector is defined as the restoring force vector 81d, and the straight line connecting the first portion 513d and the second portion 514d is defined as the reference line 82d.

 弾性部材4dが非結線状態であるとき、復元力ベクトル81dが基準線82dと略重なって、上記復元力と上記反力とが釣り合うことにより、操作部5dの位置が維持されて弾性部材4dの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。また、端子部3dと非結線状態の弾性部材4dとの間に電線91が挿入された状態で、操作部5dの位置が変更されて復元力ベクトル81dが基準線82dからずれることにより、上記復元力により弾性部材4dが非結線状態から復元し、電線91を端子部3dとの間に挟持する結線状態へと移行する。 When the elastic member 4d is in the non-connected state, the restoring force vector 81d substantially overlaps with the reference line 82d, and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion 5d is maintained and the elastic member 4d The state is maintained in a non-connected state. Further, in a state where the electric wire 91 is inserted between the terminal portion 3d and the elastic member 4d in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion 5d is changed and the restoring force vector 81d deviates from the reference line 82d. The elastic member 4d is restored from the unconnected state by the force, and shifts to the connected state in which the electric wire 91 is sandwiched between the electric wire 91 and the terminal portion 3d.

 接続機器1dを上記構造とすることにより、操作部5dを非結線状態にて係止するための段差部や、操作部5dの当該係止を解除するための状態解除部等の他の構造を設ける必要がなくなるため、接続機器1dの構造を簡素化することができる。また、操作部5dをケース2dの段差部等に係止する場合と異なり、当該段差部の摩耗等による係止不具合等を防止し、接続機器1dの長寿命化を実現することができる。 By making the connected device 1d have the above structure, other structures such as a step portion for locking the operation unit 5d in a non-connected state and a state release portion for releasing the locking of the operation unit 5d can be provided. Since it is not necessary to provide it, the structure of the connected device 1d can be simplified. Further, unlike the case where the operation portion 5d is locked to the step portion or the like of the case 2d, it is possible to prevent a locking defect or the like due to wear or the like of the step portion and to realize a long life of the connected device 1d.

 上述のように、接続機器1dでは、非結線状態における弾性部材4dをさらに撓ませた状態においても、操作部5dの位置が維持されることが好ましい。このとき、弾性部材4dの復元力により回転部57dに作用する力は、操作部5dを結線状態および初期状態へと戻す向きとは反対向きである。これにより、端子部3dから離間した状態における弾性部材4dの形状をさらに安定的に維持することができる。 As described above, in the connecting device 1d, it is preferable that the position of the operating portion 5d is maintained even when the elastic member 4d in the non-connected state is further bent. At this time, the force acting on the rotating portion 57d due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4d is opposite to the direction in which the operating portion 5d is returned to the connection state and the initial state. As a result, the shape of the elastic member 4d in a state of being separated from the terminal portion 3d can be maintained more stably.

 接続機器1dでは、好ましくは、操作部5dは、周方向の一部に切り欠き部571dが設けられ、周方向の他の一部に突起部572dが設けられた略円板状または略円柱状の回転部57dを備える。ケース2dには、内面261dが略円筒面の一部である凹状の操作部載置部26dが設けられる。回転部57dは、操作部載置部26dに載置され、切り欠き部571dの一部(上記例では、切欠突出部573d)である第1部位513dにて弾性部材4dに接触するとともに、突起部572dである第2部位514dにて操作部載置部26dの内面261dに接触する。好ましくは、弾性部材4dの非結線状態への移行時には、回転部57dが第1の回転方向(上記例では、反時計回り方向)に回転することにより弾性部材4dが撓み、復元力ベクトル81dが基準線82dと略重なることにより、回転部57dの回転位置が維持されて弾性部材4dの状態が非結線状態にて維持される。また、好ましくは、電線91を結線する際には、回転部57dが電線91の挿入方向の奥側(上記例では、図40中の左方)へと移動されることにより、復元力ベクトル81dが基準線82dからずれ、復元力により回転部57dが上記第1の回転方向とは反対向きの第2の回転方向(上記例では、時計回り方向)に回転し、弾性部材4dが非結線状態から結線状態へと移行する。これにより、弾性部材4dの非結線状態への移行および非結線状態での維持、並びに、非結線状態から結線状態への移行を、簡素な構造で実現することができる。 In the connected device 1d, preferably, the operation unit 5d has a substantially disk shape or a substantially columnar shape in which a notch portion 571d is provided in a part in the circumferential direction and a protrusion portion 572d is provided in the other part in the circumferential direction. The rotating portion 57d of the above is provided. The case 2d is provided with a concave operation portion mounting portion 26d whose inner surface 261d is a part of a substantially cylindrical surface. The rotating portion 57d is mounted on the operating portion mounting portion 26d, and is in contact with the elastic member 4d at the first portion 513d, which is a part of the notch portion 571d (in the above example, the notch protruding portion 573d), and also has a protrusion. The second portion 514d, which is the portion 572d, comes into contact with the inner surface 261d of the operation portion mounting portion 26d. Preferably, when the elastic member 4d shifts to the non-connected state, the rotating portion 57d rotates in the first rotation direction (counterclockwise in the above example), so that the elastic member 4d bends and the restoring force vector 81d becomes. By substantially overlapping with the reference line 82d, the rotational position of the rotating portion 57d is maintained, and the state of the elastic member 4d is maintained in the non-connected state. Further, preferably, when connecting the electric wire 91, the rotating portion 57d is moved to the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 (in the above example, the left side in FIG. 40), so that the restoring force vector 81d Is deviated from the reference line 82d, the rotating portion 57d rotates in the second rotation direction (clockwise in the above example) opposite to the first rotation direction due to the restoring force, and the elastic member 4d is in a non-connected state. It shifts to the connection state. Thereby, the transition of the elastic member 4d to the non-connected state and the maintenance in the non-connected state, and the transition from the non-connected state to the connected state can be realized with a simple structure.

 上述の接続機器1dでは、電線91を結線する際には、挿入された電線91から操作部5dに直接的に力が伝達されることにより、回転部57dが電線91の挿入方向の奥側へと移動されて復元力ベクトル81dが基準線82dからずれるが、必ずしもこれには限定されない。例えば、挿入された電線91から操作部5dに直接的に力が伝達されることにより、回転部57dが電線91の挿入方向の奥側へと移動されてもよい。すなわち、接続機器1dでは、電線91を結線する際に、挿入された電線91から操作部5dに直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、回転部57dが電線91の挿入方向の奥側へと移動されて復元力ベクトル81dが基準線82dからずれることが好ましい。これにより、電線91の挿入等の操作のみで電線91が結線される自動結線が実現されるため、接続機器1dへの電線91の接続を容易とすることができる。 In the above-mentioned connection device 1d, when the electric wire 91 is connected, the force is directly transmitted from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5d, so that the rotating portion 57d moves to the back side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91. The restoring force vector 81d deviates from the reference line 82d, but is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the rotating portion 57d may be moved to the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire 91 by directly transmitting the force from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5d. That is, in the connecting device 1d, when the electric wire 91 is connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire 91 to the operation unit 5d, so that the rotating portion 57d is behind the electric wire 91 in the insertion direction. It is preferable that the restoring force vector 81d is moved to the side and deviates from the reference line 82d. As a result, automatic connection is realized in which the electric wires 91 are connected only by an operation such as inserting the electric wires 91, so that the electric wires 91 can be easily connected to the connecting device 1d.

 上述のように、電線91を結線する際に、挿入された電線91は、操作部5dに直接的に接触して操作部5dの位置を変更することが好ましい。これにより、電線91を押し込む力が操作部5dに伝わりやすいため、電線91の自動結線を容易に実現することができる。また、弾性部材4dに電線91と接触する部位を設ける必要が無いため、弾性部材4dの形状を簡素化することができる。 As described above, when connecting the electric wire 91, it is preferable that the inserted electric wire 91 directly contacts the operation unit 5d to change the position of the operation unit 5d. As a result, the force for pushing the electric wire 91 is easily transmitted to the operation unit 5d, so that the automatic connection of the electric wire 91 can be easily realized. Further, since it is not necessary to provide the elastic member 4d with a portion in contact with the electric wire 91, the shape of the elastic member 4d can be simplified.

 上述のように、操作部5dは、電線91の先端と直接的に接触する電線受け部574dを備えることが好ましい。また、電線受け部574dは、電線91の当該先端から周囲に広がる受け面575dを備えることが好ましい。これにより、電線91を押し込む力を操作部5dに効率良く伝達することができる。 As described above, it is preferable that the operation unit 5d includes an electric wire receiving unit 574d that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire 91. Further, it is preferable that the electric wire receiving portion 574d includes a receiving surface 575d extending from the tip of the electric wire 91 to the periphery. As a result, the force for pushing the electric wire 91 can be efficiently transmitted to the operation unit 5d.

 接続機器1dでは、弾性部材4dの可動部43dは、結線状態で電線91に直接的に接触する電線接触部である。好ましくは、少なくとも弾性部材4dが非結線状態から結線状態に移行する際に、当該電線接触部の移動経路は操作部5dの移動領域と重ならない。これにより、弾性部材4dの当該電線接触部が操作部5dに接触して操作部5dの動きを阻害することを防止することができる。 In the connection device 1d, the movable portion 43d of the elastic member 4d is an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire 91 in the connected state. Preferably, at least when the elastic member 4d shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state, the moving path of the wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5d. This makes it possible to prevent the electric wire contact portion of the elastic member 4d from coming into contact with the operation portion 5d and hindering the movement of the operation portion 5d.

 接続機器1dでは、操作部5dの一部(上記例では、駆動部52d)がケース2dから突出していることが好ましい。これにより、作業者は、駆動部52dに指先等を接触させ、操作部5dを容易に操作することができる。 In the connected device 1d, it is preferable that a part of the operation unit 5d (in the above example, the drive unit 52d) protrudes from the case 2d. As a result, the operator can easily operate the operation unit 5d by bringing the fingertip or the like into contact with the drive unit 52d.

 接続機器1dでは、弾性部材4dの状態を示す視認可能な識別部(上記例では、駆動部52d)が設けられることが好ましい。これにより、弾性部材4dの状態を容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。 It is preferable that the connected device 1d is provided with a visible identification unit (driving unit 52d in the above example) indicating the state of the elastic member 4d. Thereby, the state of the elastic member 4d can be easily and quickly recognized.

 駆動部52dは、弾性部材4dが非結線状態であるとき、ケース2dから突出しており、弾性部材4dが結線状態であるとき、ケース2d内に位置するように構成されてもよい。この場合、非結線状態において、マイナスドライバー等の工具を用いず、操作部5dを容易に操作することができる。また、結線状態において、操作部5dの誤操作を防止することができる。また、駆動部52dがケース2dから突出しているか否かを視認することにより、弾性部材4dが非結線状態であるか否かを容易かつ迅速に認識することができる。 The drive unit 52d may be configured to protrude from the case 2d when the elastic member 4d is in the unconnected state, and to be located in the case 2d when the elastic member 4d is in the connected state. In this case, the operation unit 5d can be easily operated without using a tool such as a flat-blade screwdriver in the non-connection state. In addition, it is possible to prevent erroneous operation of the operation unit 5d in the wiring state. Further, by visually recognizing whether or not the drive unit 52d protrudes from the case 2d, it is possible to easily and quickly recognize whether or not the elastic member 4d is in the non-connected state.

 接続機器1dでは、弾性部材4dは板バネであることが好ましい。これにより、接続機器1dの構造をさらに簡素化することができる。 In the connecting device 1d, the elastic member 4d is preferably a leaf spring. Thereby, the structure of the connected device 1d can be further simplified.

 上述の接続機器1,1a~1dでは、様々な変更が可能である。 Various changes are possible with the above-mentioned connected devices 1, 1a to 1d.

 例えば、接続機器1,1a~1dでは、弾性部材4,4a~4dは板バネには限定されず、他の構造を有するもの(例えば、弦巻バネ)であってもよい。 For example, in the connecting devices 1, 1a to 1d, the elastic members 4, 4a to 4d are not limited to leaf springs, and may have other structures (for example, string-wound springs).

 接続機器1では、上述のように、操作部5の駆動部52が識別部の機能を有するが、操作部5の他の部位、または、操作部5以外の部位が、弾性部材4の状態を示す視認可能な識別部であってもよい。接続機器1a~1dにおいても同様に、上記例とは異なる部位が当該識別部であってもよい。なお、接続機器1,1a~1dでは、当該識別部は省略されてもよい。 In the connected device 1, as described above, the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 has the function of the identification unit, but other parts of the operation unit 5 or parts other than the operation unit 5 are in a state of the elastic member 4. It may be a visible identification unit to be shown. Similarly, in the connected devices 1a to 1d, a portion different from the above example may be the identification portion. In the connected devices 1, 1a to 1d, the identification unit may be omitted.

 接続機器1では、図22に示す接続機器1aと略同様に、電線91の結線は、必ずしも上述の自動結線により行われる必要はなく、例えば、作業者が指先や工具等で操作部5に触れて操作部5を移動させることにより行われてもよい。具体的には、作業者が、図9の右側の操作部5の駆動部52を指先で右方に向けて少し押すことにより、図10と同様に、復元力ベクトル81が基準線82から左側にずれ、弾性部材4の復元力により、カム部51に時計回り方向の回転モーメントが作用する。その結果、作業者が駆動部52にそれ以上力を加えなくても、操作部5が時計回りに回転し、接続機器1が図12に示す結線状態へと移行する。 In the connection device 1, the connection of the electric wire 91 does not necessarily have to be performed by the above-mentioned automatic connection, as in the case of the connection device 1a shown in FIG. 22, for example, the operator touches the operation unit 5 with a fingertip, a tool, or the like. This may be performed by moving the operation unit 5. Specifically, when the operator slightly pushes the drive unit 52 of the operation unit 5 on the right side of FIG. 9 toward the right with his fingertip, the restoring force vector 81 is on the left side from the reference line 82 as in FIG. Due to the restoring force of the elastic member 4, a rotational moment in the clockwise direction acts on the cam portion 51. As a result, even if the operator does not apply any further force to the drive unit 52, the operation unit 5 rotates clockwise, and the connected device 1 shifts to the wiring state shown in FIG.

 接続機器1bにおいても略同様に、作業者は、指先や工具等にて図27に示す弾性部材4bに触れて弾性部材4bを少し変形させることにより、操作部5bを図27に示す非結線状態から時計回りに回転させ、図29に示す結線状態へと移行させてもよい。接続機器1cにおいても略同様に、作業者は、指先や工具等にて図33に示す解除部6cに触れて解除部6cを時計回りに少し回転させることにより、操作部5cを図33に示す非結線状態から右方へと移動させ、図35に示す結線状態へと移行させてもよい。接続機器1dにおいても略同様に、作業者は、指先や工具等にて図39に示す操作部5dに触れて操作部5dを左方へと少し移動させることにより、操作部5dを図39に示す非結線状態から時計回りに回転させ、図41に示す結線状態へと移行させてもよい。 Similarly for the connected device 1b, the operator touches the elastic member 4b shown in FIG. 27 with a fingertip, a tool, or the like to slightly deform the elastic member 4b, thereby causing the operation unit 5b to be in the non-connected state shown in FIG. 27. It may be rotated clockwise from the above to shift to the connection state shown in FIG. 29. Similarly for the connected device 1c, the operator touches the release portion 6c shown in FIG. 33 with a fingertip, a tool, or the like and rotates the release portion 6c slightly clockwise to show the operation unit 5c in FIG. 33. It may be moved from the non-connected state to the right and shifted to the connected state shown in FIG. 35. Similarly for the connected device 1d, the operator touches the operation unit 5d shown in FIG. 39 with a fingertip or a tool and moves the operation unit 5d slightly to the left to move the operation unit 5d to FIG. 39. The unconnected state shown may be rotated clockwise to shift to the connected state shown in FIG. 41.

 接続機器1では、操作部5は必ずしもケース2から突出している必要はなく、操作部5の全体がケース2内に配置されてもよい。接続機器1a~1dにおいても同様である。 In the connected device 1, the operation unit 5 does not necessarily have to protrude from the case 2, and the entire operation unit 5 may be arranged in the case 2. The same applies to the connected devices 1a to 1d.

 接続機器1では、弾性部材4の電線接触部45の移動経路は、操作部5の移動領域と厚さ方向に重なっていてもよい。また、弾性部材4は、結線状態の電線91に直接的に接触する必要はなく、他の部材等を介して間接的に電線91に接触してもよい。接続機器1a~1dにおいても同様である。 In the connecting device 1, the moving path of the electric wire contact portion 45 of the elastic member 4 may overlap with the moving region of the operating portion 5 in the thickness direction. Further, the elastic member 4 does not need to come into direct contact with the electric wire 91 in the connected state, and may indirectly come into contact with the electric wire 91 via another member or the like. The same applies to the connected devices 1a to 1d.

 接続機器1では、電線受け部53の受け面531の形状は様々に変更されてよい。また、ケース2に挿入された電線91は、必ずしも先端にて操作部5に接触する必要はなく、接続機器1aのように、他の部位(例えば、被覆部分や圧着端子等)にて操作部5に接触してもよい。電線91は、必ずしも操作部5に直接的に接触する必要はなく、接続機器1bのように弾性部材4等の他の部材等を介して間接的に操作部5に接触して操作部5の位置を変更してもよい。なお、操作部5では、電線受け部53は省略されてもよい。接続機器1bの電線受け部44b、および、接続機器1dの電線受け部574dについても同様である。 In the connection device 1, the shape of the receiving surface 531 of the electric wire receiving portion 53 may be changed in various ways. Further, the electric wire 91 inserted in the case 2 does not necessarily have to come into contact with the operation portion 5 at the tip thereof, and the operation portion is formed at another portion (for example, a covering portion, a crimp terminal, etc.) like the connecting device 1a. 5 may be contacted. The electric wire 91 does not necessarily have to come into direct contact with the operation unit 5, but indirectly comes into contact with the operation unit 5 via another member such as an elastic member 4 like the connecting device 1b, and the operation unit 5 has. You may change the position. In the operation unit 5, the electric wire receiving unit 53 may be omitted. The same applies to the wire receiving portion 44b of the connecting device 1b and the wire receiving portion 574d of the connecting device 1d.

 接続機器1では、初期状態から非結線状態への移行時における操作部5の回転方向と、非結線状態から結線状態への移行時における操作部5の回転方向とは、必ずしも反対向きである必要はなく、同じ向きであってもよい。また、非結線状態から結線状態への移行の際に、操作部5は必ずしも回転する必要はなく、例えば、接続機器1cのように、操作部5が側方にスライド等することにより、弾性部材4が非結線状態から結線状態へと移行してもよい。 In the connected device 1, the rotation direction of the operation unit 5 at the time of transition from the initial state to the non-connection state and the rotation direction of the operation unit 5 at the time of transition from the non-connection state to the connection state need not necessarily be opposite. It may be in the same orientation. Further, the operation unit 5 does not necessarily have to rotate at the time of transition from the non-connection state to the connection state. For example, as in the connection device 1c, the operation unit 5 slides sideways to form an elastic member. 4 may shift from the non-connected state to the connected state.

 上述の接続機器1,1a~1dは、様々な装置において電線を接続するために利用されてよい。例えば、接続機器1は、リレーソケットまたは操作スイッチ等に利用されてよい。 The above-mentioned connection devices 1, 1a to 1d may be used for connecting electric wires in various devices. For example, the connected device 1 may be used as a relay socket, an operation switch, or the like.

 上記実施の形態および各変形例における構成は、相互に矛盾しない限り適宜組み合わされてよい。 The above-described embodiments and configurations in each modification may be appropriately combined as long as they do not conflict with each other.

 発明を詳細に描写して説明したが、既述の説明は例示的であって限定的なものではない。したがって、本発明の範囲を逸脱しない限り、多数の変形や態様が可能であるといえる。 Although the invention has been described and explained in detail, the above-mentioned explanation is exemplary and not limited. Therefore, it can be said that many modifications and modes are possible as long as they do not deviate from the scope of the present invention.

 1,1a~1d  接続機器
 2,2a~2d  ケース
 3,3a~3d  端子部
 4,4a~4d  弾性部材
 5,5a~5d  操作部
 24,24a,24b  回転軸
 25c  ガイド面
 26d  操作部載置部
 261d  (操作部載置部の)内面
 44b  電線受け部
 45  電線接触部
 46b  解除部
 51,51a,51b  カム部
 52  駆動部
 53,574d  電線受け部
 54,54a,54b  軸受け
 55a  識別部
 56c  進退部
 57d  切り欠き部
 572d  突起部
 81,81a~81d  復元力ベクトル
 82,82a~82d  基準線
 91  電線
 431b  受け面
 513,513a~513d  第1部位
 514,514a~514d  第2部位
 531,575d  受け面
1,1a to 1d Connection equipment 2,2a to 2d Case 3,3a to 3d Terminal part 4,4a to 4d Elastic member 5,5a to 5d Operation part 24,24a, 24b Rotating shaft 25c Guide surface 26d Operation part mounting part 261d Inner surface (of the operation part mounting part) 44b Wire receiving part 45 Wire contact part 46b Release part 51, 51a, 51b Cam part 52 Drive part 53, 574d Wire receiving part 54, 54a, 54b Bearing 55a Identification part 56c Advance / retreat part 57d Notch 572d Projection 81,81a-81d Restoring force vector 82,82a-82d Reference line 91 Wire 431b Bearing surface 513,513a-513d First part 514,514a-514d Second part 531,575d Bearing surface

Claims (17)

 電線が接続される接続機器であって、
 ケースと、
 前記ケースに固定された導電性の端子部と、
 前記ケースに取り付けられ、復元力により電線を前記端子部に押し付けて挟持する弾性部材と、
 前記弾性部材に力を付与して初期状態から非結線状態へと撓ませて前記非結線状態にて維持する操作部と、
を備え、
 前記操作部は、
 前記弾性部材の前記復元力が作用する第1部位と、
 前記復元力に対する反力が生じる第2部位と、
を備え、
 前記復元力のベクトルを復元力ベクトルとし、前記第1部位と前記第2部位とを結ぶ直線を基準線として、
 前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態であるとき、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線と略重なって前記復元力と前記反力とが釣り合うことにより、前記操作部の位置が維持されて前記弾性部材の状態が前記非結線状態にて維持され、
 前記端子部と前記非結線状態の前記弾性部材との間に前記電線が挿入された状態で、前記操作部の位置が変更されて前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれることにより、前記復元力により前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態から復元し、前記電線を前記端子部との間に挟持する結線状態へと移行する。
It is a connection device to which electric wires are connected.
With the case
The conductive terminal part fixed to the case and
An elastic member attached to the case and holding the electric wire by pressing it against the terminal portion by restoring force.
An operation unit that applies a force to the elastic member to bend it from the initial state to the non-wired state and maintain it in the non-wired state.
Equipped with
The operation unit is
The first portion on which the restoring force of the elastic member acts, and
The second part where the reaction force against the restoring force is generated, and
Equipped with
The restoring force vector is used as the restoring force vector, and the straight line connecting the first part and the second part is used as a reference line.
When the elastic member is in the non-connection state, the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line and the restoring force and the reaction force are balanced, so that the position of the operating portion is maintained and the elastic member of the elastic member. The state is maintained in the unconnected state,
With the electric wire inserted between the terminal portion and the elastic member in the non-connected state, the position of the operation portion is changed and the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, whereby the restoring force is applied. As a result, the elastic member is restored from the non-connected state, and shifts to a connected state in which the electric wire is sandwiched between the terminal portion and the terminal portion.
 請求項1に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記非結線状態における前記弾性部材をさらに撓ませた状態においても、前記操作部の位置が維持される。
The connected device according to claim 1.
The position of the operating portion is maintained even when the elastic member is further bent in the non-connection state.
 請求項1または2に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記操作部は、回転軸を中心として回転するカム部を備え、
 前記カム部は、前記第1部位にて前記弾性部材に接触するとともに、前記第2部位である軸受けにて前記回転軸と接触し、
 前記弾性部材の前記非結線状態への移行時には、前記カム部が回転することにより、前記第1部位と前記回転軸との間の距離が増大して前記弾性部材が撓み、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線と略重なることにより、前記操作部の回転位置が維持されて前記弾性部材の状態が前記非結線状態にて維持される。
The connected device according to claim 1 or 2.
The operation unit includes a cam unit that rotates about a rotation axis.
The cam portion contacts the elastic member at the first portion and also contacts the rotating shaft at the bearing which is the second portion.
At the time of transition of the elastic member to the non-connecting state, the rotation of the cam portion increases the distance between the first portion and the rotation axis, the elastic member bends, and the restoring force vector is generated. By substantially overlapping with the reference line, the rotational position of the operating portion is maintained and the state of the elastic member is maintained in the non-connected state.
 請求項3に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線から前記操作部に直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、前記操作部の位置が変更されて前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれる。
The connected device according to claim 3.
When the electric wire is connected, a force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation portion, so that the position of the operation portion is changed and the restoring force vector is transferred from the reference line. It shifts.
 請求項4に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線は、前記操作部に直接的に接触して前記操作部の位置を変更する。
The connected device according to claim 4.
When connecting the electric wires, the inserted electric wires come into direct contact with the operation unit to change the position of the operation unit.
 請求項5に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記操作部は、前記電線の先端と直接的に接触する電線受け部を備え、
 前記電線受け部は、前記電線の前記先端から周囲に広がる受け面を備える。
The connected device according to claim 5.
The operation unit includes a wire receiving portion that comes into direct contact with the tip of the wire.
The electric wire receiving portion includes a receiving surface extending from the tip of the electric wire to the periphery.
 請求項4に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線は、前記弾性部材に直接的に接触して前記弾性部材を変形させることにより、前記弾性部材を介して前記操作部に力を付与して前記操作部の位置を変更する。
The connected device according to claim 4.
When the electric wire is connected, the inserted electric wire comes into direct contact with the elastic member to deform the elastic member, thereby applying a force to the operation portion via the elastic member. Change the position of the operation unit.
 請求項7に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記弾性部材は、
 前記電線の先端と直接的に接触する電線受け部と、
 前記電線受け部から前記操作部に向かって延びる解除部と、
を備え、
 前記電線受け部は、前記電線の前記先端から周囲に広がる受け面を備え、
 前記受け面が前記電線によって前記電線の挿入方向の奥側に向かって押されることにより前記弾性部材が変形し、前記解除部が前記操作部に接触して前記カム部を回転させる力を付与する。
The connected device according to claim 7.
The elastic member is
An electric wire receiving part that comes into direct contact with the tip of the electric wire,
A release portion extending from the wire receiving portion toward the operation portion, and a release portion.
Equipped with
The electric wire receiving portion includes a receiving surface extending from the tip of the electric wire to the periphery.
When the receiving surface is pushed by the electric wire toward the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire, the elastic member is deformed, and the release portion comes into contact with the operation portion to apply a force to rotate the cam portion. ..
 請求項1または2に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記ケースは、直線状に延びるガイド面を備え、
 前記弾性部材は、前記ガイド面に沿って延びており、
 前記操作部は、前記弾性部材と前記ガイド面との間に位置し、前記第1部位および前記第2部位にて前記弾性部材および前記ガイド面にそれぞれ接触しつつ所定の進退方向に直線的に移動する進退部を備え、
 前記弾性部材と前記ガイド面との間の距離は、前記進退方向の一方側から他方側に向かうに従って減少し、
 前記弾性部材の前記非結線状態への移行時には、前記進退部が前記進退方向の前記一方側から前記他方側へと移動することにより前記弾性部材が撓み、前記第1部位と接触する位置にて前記弾性部材が前記ガイド面と略平行となり、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線と略重なることにより、前記操作部の前記進退方向の位置が維持されて前記弾性部材の状態が前記非結線状態にて維持され、
 前記電線を結線する際には、前記操作部が前記進退方向の前記他方側から前記一方側へと移動することにより、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれ、前記復元力により前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態から前記結線状態へと移行する。
The connected device according to claim 1 or 2.
The case has a guide surface that extends linearly.
The elastic member extends along the guide surface and
The operating portion is located between the elastic member and the guide surface, and is linearly in a predetermined advancing / retreating direction while being in contact with the elastic member and the guide surface at the first portion and the second portion, respectively. Equipped with moving advancing and retreating parts,
The distance between the elastic member and the guide surface decreases from one side in the advancing / retreating direction toward the other side.
At the time of transition of the elastic member to the non-connected state, the elastic member bends by moving the advancing / retreating portion from the one side in the advancing / retreating direction to the other side, and at a position where the elastic member comes into contact with the first portion. When the elastic member is substantially parallel to the guide surface and the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line, the position of the operation unit in the advancing / retreating direction is maintained and the elastic member is in the non-connected state. Maintained
When connecting the electric wires, the operation unit moves from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to the one side, so that the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, and the restoring force causes the elastic member to move. The transition from the non-connected state to the connected state.
 請求項9に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線から前記操作部に直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、前記操作部が前記進退方向の前記他方側から前記一方側へと移動して前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれる。
The connected device according to claim 9.
When the electric wire is connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation unit, so that the operation unit moves from the other side in the advancing / retreating direction to the one side. Then, the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line.
 請求項1または2に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記操作部は、周方向の一部に切り欠き部が設けられ、周方向の他の一部に突起部が設けられた略円板状または略円柱状の回転部を備え、
 前記ケースには、内面が略円筒面の一部である凹状の操作部載置部が設けられ、
 前記回転部は、前記操作部載置部に載置され、前記切り欠き部の一部である前記第1部位にて前記弾性部材に接触するとともに、前記突起部である前記第2部位にて前記操作部載置部の前記内面に接触し、
 前記弾性部材の前記非結線状態への移行時には、前記回転部が第1の回転方向に回転することにより前記弾性部材が撓み、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線と略重なることにより、前記回転部の回転位置が維持されて前記弾性部材の状態が前記非結線状態にて維持され、
 前記電線を結線する際には、前記回転部が前記電線の挿入方向の奥側へと移動されることにより、前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれ、前記復元力により前記回転部が前記第1の回転方向とは反対向きの第2の回転方向に回転し、前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態から前記結線状態へと移行する。
The connected device according to claim 1 or 2.
The operation portion includes a substantially disk-shaped or substantially columnar rotating portion having a notch in a part in the circumferential direction and a protrusion in another part in the circumferential direction.
The case is provided with a concave operation portion mounting portion whose inner surface is a part of a substantially cylindrical surface.
The rotating portion is mounted on the operation portion mounting portion, and is in contact with the elastic member at the first portion which is a part of the notch portion, and at the second portion which is the protrusion portion. In contact with the inner surface of the operation unit mounting unit,
At the time of transition of the elastic member to the non-connected state, the elastic member bends due to the rotation of the rotating portion in the first rotation direction, and the restoring force vector substantially overlaps with the reference line, whereby the rotating portion The rotational position of the elastic member is maintained, and the state of the elastic member is maintained in the non-connected state.
When connecting the electric wires, the rotating portion is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire, so that the restoring force vector deviates from the reference line, and the restoring force causes the rotating portion to move to the second position. It rotates in the second rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of 1, and the elastic member shifts from the non-connection state to the connection state.
 請求項11に記載の接続機器であって、
 前記電線を結線する際に、挿入された前記電線から前記操作部に直接的または間接的に力が伝達されることにより、前記回転部が前記電線の挿入方向の奥側へと移動されて前記復元力ベクトルが前記基準線からずれる。
The connected device according to claim 11.
When the electric wire is connected, the force is directly or indirectly transmitted from the inserted electric wire to the operation portion, so that the rotating portion is moved to the inner side in the insertion direction of the electric wire. The restoring force vector deviates from the reference line.
 請求項1ないし12のいずれか1つに記載の接続機器であって、
 前記弾性部材は、前記結線状態で前記電線に直接的に接触する電線接触部を備え、
 少なくとも前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態から前記結線状態に移行する際に、前記電線接触部の移動経路は前記操作部の移動領域と重ならない。
The connected device according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
The elastic member includes an electric wire contact portion that directly contacts the electric wire in the connected state.
At least when the elastic member shifts from the non-connected state to the connected state, the moving path of the electric wire contact portion does not overlap with the moving region of the operating portion.
 請求項1ないし13のいずれか1つに記載の接続機器であって、
 前記操作部の一部が前記ケースから突出している。
The connected device according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
A part of the operation unit protrudes from the case.
 請求項1ないし14のいずれか1つに記載の接続機器であって、
 前記弾性部材が前記非結線状態であるとき、前記操作部の一部が前記ケースから突出しており、
 前記弾性部材が前記結線状態であるとき、前記操作部の前記一部が前記ケース内に位置する。
The connected device according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
When the elastic member is in the non-wired state, a part of the operating portion protrudes from the case.
When the elastic member is in the connected state, the part of the operating portion is located in the case.
 請求項1ないし15のいずれか1つに記載の接続機器であって、
 前記弾性部材の状態を示す視認可能な識別部が設けられる。
The connected device according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
A visible identification unit is provided to indicate the state of the elastic member.
 請求項1ないし16のいずれか1つに記載の接続機器であって、
 前記弾性部材が板バネである。
The connected device according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
The elastic member is a leaf spring.
PCT/JP2021/026103 2020-07-17 2021-07-12 Connecting device Ceased WO2022014526A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180044929.2A CN115715446A (en) 2020-07-17 2021-07-12 Connection device
EP21842739.1A EP4184721A4 (en) 2020-07-17 2021-07-12 CONNECTION DEVICE
JP2022536342A JP7763172B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2021-07-12 Connected devices

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020122599 2020-07-17
JP2020-122599 2020-07-17
JP2020169408 2020-10-06
JP2020-169408 2020-10-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022014526A1 true WO2022014526A1 (en) 2022-01-20

Family

ID=79554745

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/026103 Ceased WO2022014526A1 (en) 2020-07-17 2021-07-12 Connecting device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4184721A4 (en)
JP (1) JP7763172B2 (en)
CN (1) CN115715446A (en)
TW (1) TWI780818B (en)
WO (1) WO2022014526A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023095687A1 (en) * 2021-11-29 2023-06-01 Idec株式会社 Linking device and electronic device
LU502537B1 (en) * 2022-07-21 2024-01-22 Phoenix Contact Gmbh & Co Terminal for connecting an electrical cable
LU502540B1 (en) * 2022-07-21 2024-01-22 Phoenix Contact Gmbh & Co Terminal for connecting an electrical cable

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0375004B2 (en) 1986-05-22 1991-11-28
JP2001135372A (en) * 1999-11-09 2001-05-18 Yamaha Corp Lever terminal
JP4202125B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2008-12-24 オムロン株式会社 Electric wire connector
JP2017216250A (en) * 2011-12-14 2017-12-07 ヴァーゴ・フェアヴァルトゥングスゲゼルシャフト・エムベーハー Connecting terminal
JP2020017515A (en) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-30 フジコン株式会社 Terminal board

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2873859B1 (en) * 2004-07-30 2006-12-08 Legrand Sa ELECTRICAL APPARATUS COMPRISING AN AUTOMATIC CONNECTION TERMINAL
DE102013111574B4 (en) * 2013-10-21 2017-01-12 Wago Verwaltungsgesellschaft Mbh Spring terminal and connector
DE102015122143B4 (en) * 2015-12-17 2019-02-14 Wago Verwaltungsgesellschaft Mbh Conductor terminal
JP6675004B2 (en) * 2017-05-29 2020-04-01 Idec株式会社 Connected equipment

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0375004B2 (en) 1986-05-22 1991-11-28
JP2001135372A (en) * 1999-11-09 2001-05-18 Yamaha Corp Lever terminal
JP4202125B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2008-12-24 オムロン株式会社 Electric wire connector
JP2017216250A (en) * 2011-12-14 2017-12-07 ヴァーゴ・フェアヴァルトゥングスゲゼルシャフト・エムベーハー Connecting terminal
JP2020017515A (en) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-30 フジコン株式会社 Terminal board

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4184721A4

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023095687A1 (en) * 2021-11-29 2023-06-01 Idec株式会社 Linking device and electronic device
LU502537B1 (en) * 2022-07-21 2024-01-22 Phoenix Contact Gmbh & Co Terminal for connecting an electrical cable
LU502540B1 (en) * 2022-07-21 2024-01-22 Phoenix Contact Gmbh & Co Terminal for connecting an electrical cable
WO2024017725A1 (en) * 2022-07-21 2024-01-25 Phoenix Contact Gmbh & Co. Kg Connection terminal for connecting an electrical line
WO2024017732A1 (en) * 2022-07-21 2024-01-25 Phoenix Contact Gmbh & Co. Kg Connection terminal for connecting an electrical wire

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7763172B2 (en) 2025-10-31
TWI780818B (en) 2022-10-11
EP4184721A4 (en) 2024-07-24
EP4184721A1 (en) 2023-05-24
CN115715446A (en) 2023-02-24
JPWO2022014526A1 (en) 2022-01-20
TW202224270A (en) 2022-06-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022014526A1 (en) Connecting device
JP6675004B2 (en) Connected equipment
JP6416389B2 (en) Conductor connection terminal and assembly method thereof
CN102725911B (en) Quick connect terminal device
JP2001338703A (en) Connection device
WO2009133850A1 (en) Electric connector assembly
JP2017016807A (en) Microswitch
JP4054013B2 (en) Electrical connector for flat flexible cable
JP5628715B2 (en) Switch device
JP3923732B2 (en) Switch device
KR100826384B1 (en) Quick connection terminal device
WO2002037517A1 (en) Small switch
US11437740B2 (en) Contact insert, assembly produced therewith, and method for providing the contact insert
TWI824844B (en) Connection device and electronic device
JP4048069B2 (en) Switch device
WO2020075443A1 (en) Switch
JP5054505B2 (en) Lamp socket and lighting fixture
JP4692404B2 (en) Microswitch
JP4966090B2 (en) Lamp socket and lighting fixture
JP4666168B2 (en) Switch device
JP2012084404A (en) Connector
JP2024075879A (en) Terminal block
JPH0896649A (en) Terminal calking structure of switch device
JP2024019015A (en) Connected equipment
JP2025181510A (en) Switch module, switch, and switch device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21842739

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022536342

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021842739

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230217